SemaDecl.cpp revision 32a9a7543f0296b0ae141899005f788bbe4262ca
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 33#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 44#include <algorithm> 45#include <cstring> 46#include <functional> 47using namespace clang; 48using namespace sema; 49 50Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 51 if (OwnedType) { 52 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 53 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 54 } 55 56 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 57} 58 59namespace { 60 61class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 62 public: 63 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid) : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid) { 64 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 65 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 66 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 67 } 68 69 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 70 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 71 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 72 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 73 else 74 return candidate.isKeyword(); 75 } 76 77 private: 78 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 79}; 80 81} 82 83/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 84/// return the declaration of that type. 85/// 86/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 87/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 88/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 89/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 90/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 91/// 92/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 93/// and then return NULL. 94ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 95 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 96 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 97 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 98 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 99 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 100 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 101 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 102 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 103 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 104 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 105 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 106 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 107 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 108 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 109 110 if (!LookupCtx) { 111 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 112 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 113 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 114 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 115 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 116 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 117 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 118 // 119 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 120 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 121 if (!isClassName) 122 return ParsedType(); 123 124 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 125 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 126 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 127 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 128 129 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 130 QualType T = 131 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 132 II, NameLoc); 133 134 return ParsedType::make(T); 135 } 136 137 return ParsedType(); 138 } 139 140 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 141 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 142 return ParsedType(); 143 } 144 145 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 146 // lookup for class-names. 147 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 148 LookupOrdinaryName; 149 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 150 if (LookupCtx) { 151 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 152 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 153 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 154 // nested-name-specifier. 155 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 156 157 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 158 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 159 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 160 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 161 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 162 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 163 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 164 LookupName(Result, S); 165 } 166 } else { 167 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 168 LookupName(Result, S); 169 } 170 171 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 172 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 173 case LookupResult::NotFound: 174 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 175 if (CorrectedII) { 176 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true); 177 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 178 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 179 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 180 TemplateTy Template; 181 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 182 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 183 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 184 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 185 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 186 if (SS && NNS) { 187 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 188 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 189 } 190 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 191 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 192 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 193 // is handled elsewhere). 194 !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 195 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 196 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 197 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 198 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 199 IsCtorOrDtorName, 200 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 201 if (Ty) { 202 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 203 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 204 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 205 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 206 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr 207 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 208 CorrectedStr); 209 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 210 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 211 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 212 213 if (SS && NNS) 214 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 215 *CorrectedII = NewII; 216 return Ty; 217 } 218 } 219 } 220 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 221 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 222 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 226 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 227 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 228 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 229 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 230 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 231 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 232 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 233 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 234 return ParsedType(); 235 } 236 237 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 238 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 239 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 240 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 241 if (!IIDecl || 242 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 243 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 244 IIDecl = *Res; 245 } 246 } 247 248 if (!IIDecl) { 249 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 250 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 251 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 252 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 253 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 254 // a type name. 255 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 256 return ParsedType(); 257 } 258 259 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 260 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 261 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 262 // perform the name lookup again. 263 break; 264 265 case LookupResult::Found: 266 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 267 break; 268 } 269 270 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 271 272 QualType T; 273 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 274 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 275 276 if (T.isNull()) 277 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 278 279 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 280 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 281 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 282 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 283 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 284 // Construct a type with type-source information. 285 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 286 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 287 288 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 289 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 290 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 291 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 292 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 293 } else { 294 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 295 } 296 } 297 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 298 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 299 if (!HasTrailingDot) 300 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 301 } 302 303 if (T.isNull()) { 304 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 305 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 306 return ParsedType(); 307 } 308 return ParsedType::make(T); 309} 310 311/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 312/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 313/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 314/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 315/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 316DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 317 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 318 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 319 LookupName(R, S, false); 320 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 321 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 322 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 323 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 324 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 325 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 326 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 327 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 328 } 329 } 330 331 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 332} 333 334/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 335/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 336/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 337/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 338/// @code 339/// template<class T> class A { 340/// public: 341/// typedef int TYPE; 342/// }; 343/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 344/// public: 345/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 346/// }; 347/// @endcode 348bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 349 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 350 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 351 352 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 353 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 354 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 355 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 356 return true; 357 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 358 } 359 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 360} 361 362bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 363 SourceLocation IILoc, 364 Scope *S, 365 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 366 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 367 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 368 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 369 370 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 371 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 372 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 373 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, IILoc), 374 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 375 Validator)) { 376 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 377 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 378 379 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 380 // We corrected to a keyword. 381 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 382 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 383 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr; 384 } else { 385 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 386 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 387 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 388 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 389 << &II << CorrectedQuotedStr 390 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 391 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 392 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 393 << &II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 394 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 395 else 396 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 397 398 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 399 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 400 401 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 402 false, false, ParsedType(), 403 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 404 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 405 } 406 return true; 407 } 408 409 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 410 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 411 UnqualifiedId Name; 412 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 413 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 414 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 415 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 416 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 417 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 418 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 419 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 420 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 421 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 422 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 423 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 424 } 425 return true; 426 } 427 } 428 429 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 430 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 431 432 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 433 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 434 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 435 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 436 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 437 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 438 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 439 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 440 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 441 442 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 443 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 444 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 445 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 446 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc) 447 .get(); 448 } else { 449 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 450 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 451 } 452 453 return true; 454} 455 456/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 457/// or 458static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 459 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 460 NextToken.is(tok::less); 461 462 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 464 return true; 465 466 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 467 return true; 468 } 469 470 return false; 471} 472 473Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 474 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 475 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc, 477 const Token &NextToken) { 478 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 479 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 480 481 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 482 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 483 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 484 485 } 486 487 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 488 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 489 490 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 491 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 492 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 493 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 494 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 495 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 496 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 497 return E; 498 } 499 500 bool SecondTry = false; 501 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 502 503Corrected: 504 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 505 case LookupResult::NotFound: 506 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 507 // call. 508 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 509 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 510 // FIXME: Reference? 511 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 512 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 513 514 // C90 6.3.2.2: 515 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 516 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 517 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 518 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 519 // the function call, the declaration 520 // 521 // extern int identifier (); 522 // 523 // appeared. 524 // 525 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 526 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 527 Result.addDecl(D); 528 Result.resolveKind(); 529 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 530 } 531 } 532 533 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 534 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 535 // "struct", or "union". 536 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 537 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 538 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 539 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 540 const char *TagName = 0; 541 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 542 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 543 case TTK_Class: 544 TagName = "class"; 545 FixItTagName = "class "; 546 break; 547 548 case TTK_Enum: 549 TagName = "enum"; 550 FixItTagName = "enum "; 551 break; 552 553 case TTK_Struct: 554 TagName = "struct"; 555 FixItTagName = "struct "; 556 break; 557 558 case TTK_Union: 559 TagName = "union"; 560 FixItTagName = "union "; 561 break; 562 } 563 564 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 565 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 566 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 567 break; 568 } 569 570 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 571 } 572 573 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 574 // close to this name. 575 if (!SecondTry) { 576 SecondTry = true; 577 CorrectionCandidateCallback DefaultValidator; 578 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 579 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 580 &SS, DefaultValidator)) { 581 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 582 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 583 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions())); 584 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions())); 585 586 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 587 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 588 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 589 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 590 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 591 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 592 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 593 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 594 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 595 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 596 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 597 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 598 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 599 } 600 601 if (SS.isEmpty()) 602 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 603 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 604 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 605 else 606 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 607 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 608 << SS.getRange() 609 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 610 611 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 612 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 613 614 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 615 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 616 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 617 618 // Also update the LookupResult... 619 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 620 Result.clear(); 621 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 622 if (FirstDecl) { 623 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 624 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 625 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 626 } 627 628 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 629 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 630 // reference the ivar. 631 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 632 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 633 Result.clear(); 634 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 635 return move(E); 636 } 637 638 goto Corrected; 639 } 640 } 641 642 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 643 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 644 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 645 646 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 647 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 648 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 649 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 650 651 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 652 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 653 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 654 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 655 // qualified by the keyword typename. 656 // 657 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 658 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 659 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 660 // keyword here. 661 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 662 NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 663 } 664 665 case LookupResult::Found: 666 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 667 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 668 break; 669 670 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 671 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 672 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 673 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 674 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 675 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 676 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 677 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 678 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 679 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 680 // ambiguous. 681 // 682 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 683 // so try again after filtering out template names. 684 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 685 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 686 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 687 break; 688 } 689 } 690 691 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 692 return NameClassification::Error(); 693 } 694 695 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 696 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 697 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 698 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 699 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 700 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 701 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 702 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 703 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 704 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 705 706 if (!Result.empty()) { 707 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 708 TemplateName Template; 709 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 710 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 711 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 712 Result.end()); 713 } else { 714 TemplateDecl *TD 715 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 716 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 717 718 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 719 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 720 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 721 TD); 722 else 723 Template = TemplateName(TD); 724 } 725 726 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 727 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 728 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 729 // to based on which function we selected. 730 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 731 732 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 733 } 734 735 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 736 } 737 } 738 739 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 740 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 741 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 742 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 743 return ParsedType::make(T); 744 } 745 746 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 747 if (!Class) { 748 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 749 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 750 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 751 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 752 } 753 754 if (Class) { 755 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 756 757 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 758 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 759 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 760 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 761 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 762 } 763 764 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 765 return ParsedType::make(T); 766 } 767 768 if (!Result.empty() && (*Result.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) 769 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 770 771 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 772 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 773} 774 775// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 776// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 777// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 778DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 779 780 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 781 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 782 // the context we'll need to return to. 783 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 784 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 785 786 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 787 // lexical context. 788 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 789 return DC; 790 791 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 792 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 793 // class is the context we need to return to. 794 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 795 DC = RD; 796 797 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 798 // declared in. 799 return DC; 800 } 801 802 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 803} 804 805void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 806 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 807 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 808 CurContext = DC; 809 S->setEntity(DC); 810} 811 812void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 813 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 814 815 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 816 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 817} 818 819/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 820/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 821/// 822void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 823 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 824 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 825 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 826 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 827 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 828 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 829 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 830 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 831 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 832 // namespace. 833 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 834 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 835 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 836 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 837 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 838 839 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 840 841#ifndef NDEBUG 842 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 843 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 844 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 845#endif 846 847 CurContext = DC; 848 S->setEntity(DC); 849} 850 851void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 852 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 853 854 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 855 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 856 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 857 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 858 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 859 860 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 861 // disappear. 862} 863 864 865void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 866 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 867 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 868 // We assume that the caller has already called 869 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 870 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 871 } 872 if (!FD) 873 return; 874 875 PushDeclContext(S, FD); 876 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 877 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 878 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 879 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 880 S->AddDecl(Param); 881 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 882 } 883 } 884} 885 886 887/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 888/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 889/// 890/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 891/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 892/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 893/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 894/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 895/// attribute. 896static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 897 ASTContext &Context) { 898 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 899 return true; 900 901 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 902 return true; 903 904 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 905 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 906} 907 908/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 909void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 910 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 911 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 912 // scope. 913 while (S->getEntity() && 914 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 915 S = S->getParent(); 916 917 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 918 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 919 // into any context. 920 if (AddToContext) 921 CurContext->addDecl(D); 922 923 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 924 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 925 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 926 D->isOutOfLine() && 927 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 928 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 929 return; 930 931 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 932 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 933 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 934 return; 935 936 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 937 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 938 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 939 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 940 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 941 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 942 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 943 944 // Should only need to replace one decl. 945 break; 946 } 947 } 948 949 S->AddDecl(D); 950 951 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 952 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 953 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 954 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 955 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 956 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 957 if (IDC == CurContext) { 958 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 959 continue; 960 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 961 break; 962 } 963 964 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 965 } else { 966 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 967 } 968} 969 970void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 971 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 972 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 973} 974 975bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 976 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 977 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 978 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 979} 980 981Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 982 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 983 do { 984 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 985 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 986 return S; 987 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 988 989 return 0; 990} 991 992static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 993 DeclContext*, 994 ASTContext&); 995 996/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 997/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 998void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 999 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1000 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1001 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1002 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1003 while (F.hasNext()) { 1004 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1005 1006 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1007 continue; 1008 1009 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1010 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1011 continue; 1012 1013 F.erase(); 1014 } 1015 1016 F.done(); 1017} 1018 1019static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1020 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1021 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1022 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1023} 1024 1025/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1026static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1027 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1028 while (F.hasNext()) 1029 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1030 F.erase(); 1031 1032 F.done(); 1033} 1034 1035/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1036/// @code 1037/// class S { 1038/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1039/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1040/// }; 1041/// @endcode 1042static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1043 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1044 // the decl here. 1045 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1046 return false; 1047 1048 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1049 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1050 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1051 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1052 return false; 1053} 1054 1055bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1056 assert(D); 1057 1058 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1059 return false; 1060 1061 // Ignore class templates. 1062 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1063 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1064 return false; 1065 1066 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1067 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1068 return false; 1069 1070 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1071 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1072 return false; 1073 } else { 1074 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1075 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1076 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1077 return false; 1078 } 1079 1080 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1081 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1082 return false; 1083 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1084 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1085 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 1086 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1087 return false; 1088 1089 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1090 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1091 return false; 1092 1093 } else { 1094 return false; 1095 } 1096 1097 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1098 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1099 return false; 1100 1101 return true; 1102} 1103 1104void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1105 if (!D) 1106 return; 1107 1108 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1109 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1110 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1111 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1112 } 1113 1114 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1115 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1116 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1117 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1118 } 1119 1120 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1121 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1122 } 1123 1124static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1125 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1126 return false; 1127 1128 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1129 return false; 1130 1131 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1135 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1136 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1137 return false; 1138 1139 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1140 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1141 1142 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1143 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1144 1145 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1146 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1147 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1148 return false; 1149 } 1150 1151 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1152 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1153 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1154 return false; 1155 1156 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1157 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1158 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1159 return false; 1160 1161 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1162 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1163 return false; 1164 1165 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1166 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1167 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1168 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1169 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1170 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1171 return false; 1172 } 1173 } 1174 } 1175 } 1176 1177 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1178 } 1179 1180 return true; 1181} 1182 1183static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1184 FixItHint &Hint) { 1185 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1186 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1187 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOptions(), true); 1188 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1189 return; 1190 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1191 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1192 } 1193 return; 1194} 1195 1196/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1197/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1198void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1199 FixItHint Hint; 1200 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1201 return; 1202 1203 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1204 1205 unsigned DiagID; 1206 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1207 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1208 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1209 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1210 else 1211 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1212 1213 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1214} 1215 1216static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1217 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1218 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1219 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1220 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1221 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1222} 1223 1224void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1225 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1226 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1227 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1228 1229 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1230 I != E; ++I) { 1231 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1232 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1233 1234 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1235 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1236 1237 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1238 1239 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1240 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1241 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1242 1243 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1244 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1245 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1246 1247 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1248 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1249 } 1250} 1251 1252/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1253/// 1254/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1255/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1256/// to the fixed name. 1257/// 1258/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1259/// 1260/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1261/// if there is no class with the given name. 1262/// 1263/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1264/// class could not be found. 1265ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1266 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1267 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1268 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1269 // creation from this context. 1270 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1271 1272 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1273 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1274 // find an Objective-C class name. 1275 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1276 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1277 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1278 Validator)) { 1279 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1280 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1281 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1282 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1283 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1284 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1285 1286 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1287 } 1288 } 1289 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1290 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1291 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1292 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1293 return Def; 1294} 1295 1296/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1297/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1298/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1299/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1300/// ill-formed in C++: 1301/// @code 1302/// struct S6 { 1303/// enum { BAR } e; 1304/// }; 1305/// 1306/// void test_S6() { 1307/// struct S6 a; 1308/// a.e = BAR; 1309/// } 1310/// @endcode 1311/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1312/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1313/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1314/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1315/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1316/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1317/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1318/// contain non-field names. 1319Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1320 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1321 (S->getEntity() && 1322 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1323 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1324 S = S->getParent(); 1325 return S; 1326} 1327 1328/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1329/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1330/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1331/// built-in. 1332NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1333 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1334 SourceLocation Loc) { 1335 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1336 1337 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1338 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1339 switch (Error) { 1340 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1341 // Okay 1342 break; 1343 1344 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1345 if (ForRedeclaration) 1346 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1347 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1348 return 0; 1349 1350 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1351 if (ForRedeclaration) 1352 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1353 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1354 return 0; 1355 1356 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1357 if (ForRedeclaration) 1358 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1359 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1360 return 0; 1361 } 1362 1363 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1364 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1365 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1366 << R; 1367 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1368 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1369 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1370 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1371 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1372 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1373 } 1374 1375 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1376 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1377 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1378 SC_Extern, 1379 SC_None, false, 1380 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1381 New->setImplicit(); 1382 1383 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1384 // FunctionDecl. 1385 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1386 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1387 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1388 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1389 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1390 SourceLocation(), 0, 1391 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1392 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1393 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1394 Params.push_back(parm); 1395 } 1396 New->setParams(Params); 1397 } 1398 1399 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1400 1401 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1402 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1403 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1404 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1405 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1406 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1407 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1408 CurContext = SavedContext; 1409 return New; 1410} 1411 1412bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1413 QualType OldType; 1414 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1415 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1416 else 1417 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1418 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1419 1420 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1421 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1422 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1423 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1424 << Kind << NewType; 1425 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1426 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1427 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1428 return true; 1429 } 1430 1431 if (OldType != NewType && 1432 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1433 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1434 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1435 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1437 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1438 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1439 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1440 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1441 return true; 1442 } 1443 return false; 1444} 1445 1446/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1447/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1448/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1449/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1450/// 1451void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1452 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1453 // merging checks. 1454 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1455 1456 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1457 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1458 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1459 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1460 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1461 default: break; 1462 case 2: 1463 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1464 break; 1465 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1466 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1467 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1468 return; 1469 case 5: 1470 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1471 break; 1472 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1473 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1474 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1475 return; 1476 case 3: 1477 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1478 break; 1479 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1480 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1481 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1482 return; 1483 } 1484 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1485 } 1486 1487 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1488 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1489 if (!Old) { 1490 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1491 << New->getDeclName(); 1492 1493 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1494 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1495 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1496 1497 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1498 } 1499 1500 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1501 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1502 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1503 1504 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1505 // with any extensions enabled. 1506 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1507 return; 1508 1509 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1510 // declaration was a typedef. 1511 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1512 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1513 1514 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 1515 return; 1516 1517 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1518 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1519 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1520 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1521 // to the type to which it already refers. 1522 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1523 return; 1524 1525 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1526 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1527 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1528 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1529 // 1530 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1531 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1532 // 1533 // struct S { 1534 // typedef struct A { } A; 1535 // }; 1536 // 1537 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1538 // allow the above but disallow 1539 // 1540 // struct S { 1541 // typedef int I; 1542 // typedef int I; 1543 // }; 1544 // 1545 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1546 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1547 return; 1548 1549 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1550 << New->getDeclName(); 1551 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1552 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1553 } 1554 1555 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1556 if (getLangOptions().Modules || getLangOptions().C11) 1557 return; 1558 1559 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1560 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1561 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1562 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1563 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1564 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1565 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1566 return; 1567 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1569 << New->getDeclName(); 1570 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1571 return; 1572} 1573 1574/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1575/// attribute. 1576static bool 1577DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1578 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1579 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1580 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1581 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1582 if (Ann) { 1583 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1584 return true; 1585 continue; 1586 } 1587 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1588 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1589 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1590 return true; 1591 } 1592 1593 return false; 1594} 1595 1596/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1597void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1598 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1599 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1600 return; 1601 1602 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1603 1604 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1605 // we process them. 1606 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1607 1608 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1609 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1610 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1611 i != e; ++i) { 1612 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1613 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1614 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1615 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1616 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1617 continue; 1618 1619 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i)) { 1620 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(Context)); 1621 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1622 New->addAttr(newAttr); 1623 foundAny = true; 1624 } 1625 } 1626 1627 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1628} 1629 1630/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1631/// to the new one. 1632static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1633 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1634 ASTContext &C) { 1635 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1636 return; 1637 1638 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1639 1640 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1641 // done before we process them. 1642 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1643 1644 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1645 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1646 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1647 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1648 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1649 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1650 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1651 foundAny = true; 1652 } 1653 } 1654 1655 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1656} 1657 1658namespace { 1659 1660/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1661/// C. 1662struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1663 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1664 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1665 QualType PromotedType; 1666}; 1667 1668} 1669 1670/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1671Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1672 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1673 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1674 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1675 1676 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1677 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1678 1679 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1680 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1681 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1682 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1683 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1684 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1685 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1686 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1687 } 1688 1689 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1690} 1691 1692/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1693/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1694/// GNU89 mode. 1695static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1696 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1697 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1698 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1699 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1700 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1701} 1702 1703/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1704/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1705/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1706/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1707/// 1708/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1709/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1710/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1711/// merged with. 1712/// 1713/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1714bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1715 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1716 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1717 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1718 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1719 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1720 else 1721 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1722 if (!Old) { 1723 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1724 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1725 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1726 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1727 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1728 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1729 return true; 1730 } 1731 1732 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1733 << New->getDeclName(); 1734 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1735 return true; 1736 } 1737 1738 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1739 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1740 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1741 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1742 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1743 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1744 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1745 else 1746 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1747 1748 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1749 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1750 1751 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1752 // is an extern inline function. 1753 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1754 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1755 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1756 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1757 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 1758 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1759 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1760 } else { 1761 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1762 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1763 return true; 1764 } 1765 } 1766 1767 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1768 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1769 // calling convention of the first. 1770 // 1771 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1772 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1773 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1774 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1775 // because it is the default calling convention. 1776 // 1777 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1778 // other tests to run. 1779 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1780 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1781 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1782 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1783 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1784 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1785 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1786 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1787 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1788 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1789 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1790 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1792 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1793 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1794 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1795 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1796 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1797 return true; 1798 } 1799 1800 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1801 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1802 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1803 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1804 } 1805 1806 // Merge regparm attribute. 1807 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1808 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1809 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1810 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1811 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1812 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1813 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1814 return true; 1815 } 1816 1817 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1818 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1819 } 1820 1821 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 1822 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1823 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 1824 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 1825 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 1830 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1831 } 1832 1833 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1834 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1835 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1836 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1837 } 1838 1839 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1840 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1841 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1842 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1843 // cannot be overloaded. 1844 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1845 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1846 QualType ResQT; 1847 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1848 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1849 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1850 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1851 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1852 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1853 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1854 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1855 else 1856 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1858 return true; 1859 } 1860 else 1861 NewQType = ResQT; 1862 } 1863 1864 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1865 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1866 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1867 // Preserve triviality. 1868 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1869 1870 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 1871 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 1872 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 1873 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 1874 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 1875 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 1876 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1877 1878 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1879 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 1880 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1881 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1882 // is a static member function declaration. 1883 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1884 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1885 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1886 return true; 1887 } 1888 1889 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1890 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1891 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1892 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1893 unsigned NewDiag; 1894 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1895 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1896 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1897 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1898 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1899 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1900 else 1901 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1902 1903 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1904 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1905 1906 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1907 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1908 // 1909 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1910 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1911 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1912 if (isFriend) { 1913 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1914 } else { 1915 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1916 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1917 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1918 return true; 1919 } 1920 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted()) { 1921 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1922 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 1923 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1924 return true; 1925 } 1926 } 1927 1928 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1929 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1930 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1931 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1932 1933 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1934 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1935 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1936 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1937 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1938 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1939 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1940 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1941 } 1942 1943 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1944 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1945 1946 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1947 } 1948 1949 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1950 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1951 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1952 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1953 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1954 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1955 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1956 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1957 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1958 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1959 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1960 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1961 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1962 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1963 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1964 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1965 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1966 New->setType(NewQType); 1967 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1968 1969 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1970 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1971 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1972 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1973 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1974 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1975 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1976 SourceLocation(), 1977 SourceLocation(), 0, 1978 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1979 SC_None, SC_None, 1980 0); 1981 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 1982 Param->setImplicit(); 1983 Params.push_back(Param); 1984 } 1985 1986 New->setParams(Params); 1987 } 1988 1989 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1990 } 1991 1992 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1993 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1994 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1995 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1996 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1997 // the prototype. 1998 // 1999 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2000 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2001 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2002 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2004 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2005 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2006 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2007 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2008 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2009 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2010 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2011 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2012 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2013 2014 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2015 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2016 NewProto->getResultType()); 2017 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2018 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2019 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2020 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2021 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2022 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2023 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2024 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2025 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2026 NewParm->getType(), 2027 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2028 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2029 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2030 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2031 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2032 } else 2033 LooseCompatible = false; 2034 } 2035 2036 if (LooseCompatible) { 2037 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2038 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2039 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2040 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2041 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2042 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2043 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2044 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2045 } 2046 2047 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2048 ArgTypes.size(), 2049 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2050 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 2051 } 2052 2053 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2054 } 2055 2056 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2057 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2058 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2059 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2060 // signature. 2061 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2062 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2063 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2064 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2065 // library built-in. 2066 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2067 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2068 << Old << Old->getType(); 2069 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2070 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2071 return false; 2072 } 2073 2074 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2075 } 2076 2077 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2078 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2079 return true; 2080} 2081 2082/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2083/// known to be compatible. 2084/// 2085/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2086/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2087/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2088/// redeclaration of Old. 2089/// 2090/// \returns false 2091bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 2092 // Merge the attributes 2093 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2094 2095 // Merge the storage class. 2096 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2097 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2098 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2099 2100 // Merge "pure" flag. 2101 if (Old->isPure()) 2102 New->setPure(); 2103 2104 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2105 // declarations. 2106 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2107 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2108 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2109 Context); 2110 2111 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2112 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 2113 2114 return false; 2115} 2116 2117 2118void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2119 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2120 // We don't want to merge unavailable and deprecated attributes 2121 // except from interface to implementation. 2122 bool mergeDeprecation = isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()); 2123 2124 // Merge the attributes. 2125 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, mergeDeprecation); 2126 2127 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2128 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(); 2129 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2130 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2131 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 2132 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2133 2134 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2135} 2136 2137/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2138/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2139/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2140/// 2141/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2142/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2143/// is attached. 2144void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2145 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2146 return; 2147 2148 QualType MergedT; 2149 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2150 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2151 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2152 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2153 return; 2154 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2155 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2156 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2157 } 2158 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2159 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2160 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2161 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2162 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2163 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2164 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2165 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2166 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2167 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2168 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2169 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2170 MergedT = New->getType(); 2171 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2172 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2173 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2174 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2175 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2176 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2177 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2178 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2179 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2180 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2181 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2182 Old->getType()); 2183 } 2184 } else { 2185 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2186 } 2187 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2188 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2189 << New->getDeclName(); 2190 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2191 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2192 } 2193 New->setType(MergedT); 2194} 2195 2196/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2197/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2198/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2199/// 2200/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2201/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2202/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2203/// 2204void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2205 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2206 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2207 return; 2208 2209 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2210 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2211 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2212 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2213 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2214 << New->getDeclName(); 2215 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2216 diag::note_previous_definition); 2217 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2218 } 2219 2220 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2221 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2222 // 2223 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2224 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2226 << New->getIdentifier(); 2227 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2228 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2229 } 2230 2231 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2232 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2233 // declaration 2234 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2235 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2236 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2237 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2238 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2239 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2240 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2241 } 2242 2243 // Merge the types. 2244 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2245 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2246 return; 2247 2248 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2249 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2250 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2251 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2252 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2253 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2254 } 2255 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2256 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2257 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2258 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2259 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2260 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2261 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2262 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2263 // identifier has external linkage. 2264 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2265 /* Okay */; 2266 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2267 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2268 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2269 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2270 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2271 } 2272 2273 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2274 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2275 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2277 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2278 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2279 } 2280 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2281 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2282 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2283 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2284 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2285 } 2286 2287 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2288 2289 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2290 // need to check for mismatches. 2291 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2292 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2293 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2294 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2295 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2296 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2297 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2298 } 2299 2300 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2301 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2302 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2303 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2305 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2306 } 2307 2308 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2309 const VarDecl *Def; 2310 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2311 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2312 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2313 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2314 << New->getDeclName(); 2315 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2316 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2317 return; 2318 } 2319 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2320 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2321 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2322 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2323 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2324 // specified at the prior declaration. 2325 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2326 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2327 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2328 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2329 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2330 2331 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2332 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2333 2334 // Inherit access appropriately. 2335 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2336} 2337 2338/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2339/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2340Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2341 DeclSpec &DS) { 2342 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, 2343 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2344} 2345 2346/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2347/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2348/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2349Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2350 DeclSpec &DS, 2351 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2352 Decl *TagD = 0; 2353 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2354 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2355 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2356 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2357 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2358 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2359 2360 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2361 return 0; 2362 2363 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2364 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2365 // it's a Type. 2366 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2367 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2368 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2369 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2370 } 2371 2372 if (Tag) 2373 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2374 2375 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2376 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2377 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2378 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2379 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2380 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2381 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2382 } 2383 2384 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2385 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2386 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2387 if (Tag) 2388 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2389 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2390 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2391 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2392 else 2393 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2394 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2395 return TagD; 2396 } 2397 2398 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2399 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2400 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2401 if (TagD && !Tag) 2402 return 0; 2403 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2404 } 2405 2406 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2407 // declarators. 2408 bool emittedWarning = false; 2409 2410 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2411 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2412 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2413 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2414 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2415 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2416 2417 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2418 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2419 emittedWarning = true; 2420 } 2421 } 2422 2423 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2424 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2425 CurContext->isRecord() && 2426 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2427 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2428 // struct STRUCT; 2429 // and 2430 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2431 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2432 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2433 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2434 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2435 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2436 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2437 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2438 } 2439 } 2440 2441 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2442 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2443 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2444 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2445 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2446 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2447 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2448 emittedWarning = true; 2449 } 2450 2451 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2452 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2453 2454 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2455 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2456 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2457 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2458 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2459 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2460 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2461 return Tag; 2462 } 2463 2464 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2465 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2466 emittedWarning = true; 2467 } 2468 2469 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2470 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2471 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2472 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2473 return TagD; 2474 2475 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2476 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2477 // useless. 2478 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2479 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2480 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2481 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2482 2483 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2484 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2485 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2486 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2487 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2488 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2489 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2490 // Restrict is covered above. 2491 } 2492 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2493 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2494 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2495 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2496 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2497 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2498 2499 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2500 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2501 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2502 << Tag->getTagKind() 2503 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2504 2505 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2506 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2507 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2508 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2509 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2510 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2511 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2512 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2513 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2514 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2515 while (attrs) { 2516 Diag(attrs->getScopeLoc(), 2517 diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2518 << attrs->getName() 2519 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2520 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2521 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3); 2522 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2523 } 2524 } 2525 } 2526 2527 return TagD; 2528} 2529 2530/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2531/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2532/// 2533/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2534static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2535 Scope *S, 2536 DeclContext *Owner, 2537 DeclarationName Name, 2538 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2539 unsigned diagnostic) { 2540 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2541 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2542 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2543 2544 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2545 return false; 2546 2547 // Pick a representative declaration. 2548 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2549 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2550 2551 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2552 return false; 2553 2554 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2555 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2556 2557 return true; 2558} 2559 2560/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2561/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2562/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2563/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2564/// struct, e.g., 2565/// 2566/// @code 2567/// union { 2568/// int i; 2569/// float f; 2570/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2571/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2572/// @endcode 2573/// 2574/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2575/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2576static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2577 DeclContext *Owner, 2578 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2579 AccessSpecifier AS, 2580 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2581 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2582 unsigned diagKind 2583 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2584 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2585 2586 bool Invalid = false; 2587 2588 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2589 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2590 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2591 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2592 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2593 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2594 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2595 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2596 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2597 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2598 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2599 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2600 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2601 Invalid = true; 2602 } else { 2603 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2604 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2605 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2606 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2607 // anonymous union is declared. 2608 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2609 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2610 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2611 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2612 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2613 else 2614 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2615 2616 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2617 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2618 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2619 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2620 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2621 2622 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2623 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2624 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2625 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2626 2627 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2628 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2629 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2630 2631 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2632 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2633 2634 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2635 } 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 return Invalid; 2640} 2641 2642/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2643/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2644/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2645static StorageClass 2646StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2647 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2648 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2649 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2650 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2651 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2652 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2653 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2654 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2655 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2656 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2657 } 2658 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2659} 2660 2661/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2662/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2663/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2664static StorageClass 2665StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2666 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2667 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2668 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2669 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2670 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2671 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2672 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2673 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2674 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2675 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2676 } 2677 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2678} 2679 2680/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2681/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2682/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2683/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2684Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2685 AccessSpecifier AS, 2686 RecordDecl *Record) { 2687 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2688 2689 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2690 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().C11) 2691 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2692 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2693 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2694 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().C11) 2695 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2696 2697 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2698 // structs/unions. 2699 bool Invalid = false; 2700 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2701 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2702 unsigned DiagID; 2703 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2704 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2705 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2706 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2707 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2708 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2709 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2710 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2711 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 2712 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 2713 2714 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2715 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2716 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2717 } 2718 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2719 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2720 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2721 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2722 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2723 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2724 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 2725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2726 2727 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2728 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 2729 SourceLocation(), 2730 PrevSpec, DiagID); 2731 } 2732 } 2733 2734 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 2735 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2736 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2737 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2738 << Record->isUnion() << 0 2739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 2740 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2741 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 2742 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2743 << Record->isUnion() << 1 2744 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 2745 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2746 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2747 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 2748 << Record->isUnion() << 2 2749 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 2750 2751 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 2752 } 2753 2754 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2755 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2756 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2757 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2758 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2759 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2760 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2761 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2762 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2763 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2764 // members (clause 11). 2765 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2766 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2767 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2768 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2769 Invalid = true; 2770 } 2771 2772 // C++ [class.union]p1 2773 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 2774 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 2775 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 2776 // array of such objects. 2777 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2778 Invalid = true; 2779 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2780 // Any implicit members are fine. 2781 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2782 // This is a type that showed up in an 2783 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2784 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2785 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2786 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2787 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2788 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2789 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2790 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) 2791 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2792 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2793 else { 2794 // This is a nested type declaration. 2795 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2796 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2797 Invalid = true; 2798 } 2799 } 2800 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2801 // Any access specifier is fine. 2802 } else { 2803 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2804 // member. Complain about it. 2805 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2806 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2807 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2808 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2809 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2810 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2811 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2812 2813 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2814 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && 2815 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2816 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2817 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2818 else { 2819 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2820 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2821 Invalid = true; 2822 } 2823 } 2824 } 2825 } 2826 2827 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2828 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2829 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2830 Invalid = true; 2831 } 2832 2833 // Mock up a declarator. 2834 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 2835 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2836 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2837 2838 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2839 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2840 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2841 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2842 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2843 Record->getLocation(), 2844 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2845 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2846 TInfo, 2847 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2848 /*HasInit=*/false); 2849 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2850 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2851 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2852 } else { 2853 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2854 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2855 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2856 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2857 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2858 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2859 // an error here 2860 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2861 Invalid = true; 2862 SC = SC_None; 2863 } 2864 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2865 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2866 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2867 2868 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2869 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2870 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2871 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2872 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2873 2874 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 2875 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 2876 // initializer: 2877 // union { int n = 0; }; 2878 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 2879 } 2880 Anon->setImplicit(); 2881 2882 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2883 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2884 // its members. 2885 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2886 2887 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2888 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2889 // purposes. 2890 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2891 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2892 2893 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2894 Chain, false)) 2895 Invalid = true; 2896 2897 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2898 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2899 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2900 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2901 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2902 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2903 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2904 2905 if (Invalid) 2906 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2907 2908 return Anon; 2909} 2910 2911/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2912/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2913/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2914/// Example: 2915/// 2916/// struct A { int a; }; 2917/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2918/// 2919/// void foo() { 2920/// B var; 2921/// var.a = 3; 2922/// } 2923/// 2924Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2925 RecordDecl *Record) { 2926 2927 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2928 if (!Record) 2929 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2930 2931 // Mock up a declarator. 2932 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2933 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2934 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2935 2936 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2937 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2938 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2939 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2940 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2941 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2942 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2943 TInfo, 2944 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 2945 /*HasInit=*/false); 2946 Anon->setImplicit(); 2947 2948 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2949 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2950 2951 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2952 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2953 // purposes. 2954 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2955 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2956 2957 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 2958 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2959 RecordDef, AS_none, 2960 Chain, true)) 2961 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2962 2963 return Anon; 2964} 2965 2966/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2967/// given Declarator. 2968DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2969 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2970} 2971 2972/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2973DeclarationNameInfo 2974Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2975 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2976 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2977 2978 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2979 2980 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 2981 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2982 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2983 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2984 return NameInfo; 2985 2986 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2987 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2988 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2989 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2990 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2991 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2992 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2993 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2994 return NameInfo; 2995 2996 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2997 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2998 Name.Identifier)); 2999 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3000 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3001 return NameInfo; 3002 3003 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3004 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3005 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3006 if (Ty.isNull()) 3007 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3008 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3009 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3010 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3011 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3012 return NameInfo; 3013 } 3014 3015 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3016 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3017 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3018 if (Ty.isNull()) 3019 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3020 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3021 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3022 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3023 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3024 return NameInfo; 3025 } 3026 3027 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3028 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3029 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3030 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3031 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3032 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3033 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3034 3035 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3036 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3037 3038 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3039 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3040 // was qualified. 3041 3042 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3043 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3044 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3045 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3046 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3047 return NameInfo; 3048 } 3049 3050 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3051 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3052 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3053 if (Ty.isNull()) 3054 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3055 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3056 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3057 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3058 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3059 return NameInfo; 3060 } 3061 3062 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3063 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3064 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3065 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3066 } 3067 3068 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3069 3070 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3071} 3072 3073static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3074 do { 3075 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3076 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3077 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3078 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3079 else 3080 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3081 } while (true); 3082} 3083 3084/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3085/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3086/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3087/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3088/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3089/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3090/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3091static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3092 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3093 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3094 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3095 Params.clear(); 3096 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3097 return false; 3098 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3099 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3100 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3101 3102 // The parameter types are identical 3103 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3104 continue; 3105 3106 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3107 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3108 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3109 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3110 3111 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3112 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3113 Params.push_back(Idx); 3114 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3115 return false; 3116 } 3117 3118 return true; 3119} 3120 3121/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3122/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3123/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3124/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3125/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3126static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3127 DeclarationName Name) { 3128 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3129 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3130 // - types which will become injected class names 3131 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3132 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3133 // few cases here. 3134 3135 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3136 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3137 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3138 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3139 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3140 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3141 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3142 // Grab the type from the parser. 3143 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3144 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3145 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3146 3147 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3148 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3149 // attached already. 3150 if (!TSI) 3151 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3152 3153 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3154 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3155 if (!TSI) return true; 3156 3157 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3158 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3159 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3160 break; 3161 } 3162 3163 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3164 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3165 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3166 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3167 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3168 break; 3169 } 3170 3171 default: 3172 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3173 break; 3174 } 3175 3176 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3177 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3178 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3179 3180 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3181 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3182 // pointer. 3183 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3184 continue; 3185 3186 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3187 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3188 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3189 return true; 3190 } 3191 3192 return false; 3193} 3194 3195Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3196 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3197 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 3198 3199 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3200 Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3201 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3202 3203 return Dcl; 3204} 3205 3206/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3207/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3208/// name different from T: 3209/// - every static data member of class T; 3210/// - every member function of class T 3211/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3212/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3213bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3214 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3215 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3216 3217 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3218 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3219 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3220 return true; 3221 } 3222 3223 return false; 3224} 3225 3226Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3227 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3228 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3229 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3230 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3231 3232 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3233 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3234 if (!Name) { 3235 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3237 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3238 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3239 return 0; 3240 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3241 return 0; 3242 3243 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3244 // we find one that is. 3245 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3246 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3247 S = S->getParent(); 3248 3249 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3250 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3251 D.setInvalidType(); 3252 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3253 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3254 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3255 return 0; 3256 3257 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3258 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3259 if (!DC) { 3260 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3261 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3262 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3263 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3264 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3265 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3266 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3267 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3268 return 0; 3269 } 3270 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3271 3272 if (!IsDependentContext && 3273 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3274 return 0; 3275 3276 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3277 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3278 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3279 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3280 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3281 D.setInvalidType(); 3282 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 3283 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3284 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 3285 // definition: 3286 // 3287 // class X { 3288 // void X::f(); 3289 // }; 3290 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) { 3291 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 3292 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 3293 } else { 3294 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 3295 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3296 3297 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3298 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3299 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3300 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3301 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3302 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3303 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)))) 3304 return 0; 3305 } 3306 3307 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 3308 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 3309 } 3310 } 3311 3312 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3313 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3314 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3315 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3316 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3317 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3318 D.setInvalidType(); 3319 } 3320 } 3321 3322 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3323 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3324 // Just return early; it's safer. 3325 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3326 return 0; 3327 3328 NamedDecl *New; 3329 3330 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3331 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3332 3333 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3334 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3335 D.setInvalidType(); 3336 3337 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3338 ForRedeclaration); 3339 3340 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3341 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3342 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3343 3344 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3345 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3346 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3347 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3348 /* Do nothing*/; 3349 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3350 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3351 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3352 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3353 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3354 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3355 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3356 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3357 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3358 3359 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3360 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3361 3362 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3363 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3364 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3365 3366 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3367 // out-of-line members. 3368 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3369 3370 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3371 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3372 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3373 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3374 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3375 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3376 // declarations namespace. 3377 // 3378 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3379 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3380 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3381 // 3382 // class X { 3383 // void f(); 3384 // void f(float); 3385 // }; 3386 // 3387 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3388 // 3389 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3390 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3391 // matches. 3392 3393 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3394 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3395 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3396 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3397 } else { 3398 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3399 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3400 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3401 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3402 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3403 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3404 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3405 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3406 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3407 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3408 else 3409 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3410 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3411 D.setInvalidType(); 3412 } 3413 3414 // C++11 8.3p1: 3415 // ... "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3416 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3417 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc = 3418 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getWithLocInContext(Context); 3419 assert(SpecLoc && "A non-empty CXXScopeSpec should have a non-empty " 3420 "NestedNameSpecifierLoc"); 3421 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3422 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3423 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3424 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3425 Diag(SpecLoc.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3426 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3427 } 3428 } 3429 3430 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3431 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3432 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3433 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3434 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3435 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3436 3437 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3438 Previous.clear(); 3439 } 3440 3441 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3442 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3443 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3444 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3445 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3446 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3447 Previous.clear(); 3448 3449 bool AddToScope = true; 3450 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3451 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3452 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3453 return 0; 3454 } 3455 3456 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3457 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3458 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3459 move(TemplateParamLists), 3460 AddToScope); 3461 } else { 3462 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3463 move(TemplateParamLists)); 3464 } 3465 3466 if (New == 0) 3467 return 0; 3468 3469 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3470 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3471 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3472 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3473 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3474 3475 return New; 3476} 3477 3478/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3479/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3480/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3481static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3482 ASTContext &Context, 3483 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3484 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3485 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3486 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3487 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3488 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3489 SizeIsNegative = false; 3490 Oversized = 0; 3491 3492 if (T->isDependentType()) 3493 return QualType(); 3494 3495 QualifierCollector Qs; 3496 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3497 3498 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3499 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3500 QualType FixedType = 3501 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3502 Oversized); 3503 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3504 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3505 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3506 } 3507 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3508 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3509 QualType FixedType = 3510 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3511 Oversized); 3512 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3513 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3514 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3515 } 3516 3517 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3518 if (!VLATy) 3519 return QualType(); 3520 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3521 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3522 return QualType(); 3523 3524 llvm::APSInt Res; 3525 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3526 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3527 return QualType(); 3528 3529 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3530 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3531 SizeIsNegative = true; 3532 return QualType(); 3533 } 3534 3535 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3536 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3537 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3538 Res); 3539 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3540 Oversized = Res; 3541 return QualType(); 3542 } 3543 3544 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3545 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3546} 3547 3548/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3549/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3550void 3551Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3552 const LookupResult &Previous, 3553 Scope *S) { 3554 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3555 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3556 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3557 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3558 3559 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3560 return; 3561 3562 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3563 3564 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3565 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3566 // declaration. 3567 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3568 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3569 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3570 3571 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3572 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3573 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3574 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3575 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3576 3577 } else { 3578 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3579 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3580 S = S->getParent(); 3581 } 3582 3583 if (S) 3584 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3585 } 3586} 3587 3588llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3589Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3590 if (ExternalSource) { 3591 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3592 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3593 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3594 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3595 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3596 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3597 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3598 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3599 } 3600 } 3601 3602 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3603} 3604 3605/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3606/// does not identify a function. 3607void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3608 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3609 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3610 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3611 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3612 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3613 3614 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3615 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3616 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3617 3618 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3619 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3620 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3621} 3622 3623NamedDecl* 3624Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 3626 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3627 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3629 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3630 D.setInvalidType(); 3631 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3632 DC = CurContext; 3633 Previous.clear(); 3634 } 3635 3636 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3637 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3638 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3639 } 3640 3641 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3642 3643 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3644 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3645 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3646 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 3647 << 1; 3648 3649 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3650 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3651 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3652 return 0; 3653 } 3654 3655 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 3656 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3657 3658 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3659 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3660 3661 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 3662 3663 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 3664 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3665 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 3666 return ND; 3667} 3668 3669void 3670Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3671 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3672 // then it shall have block scope. 3673 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3674 // that redeclarations will match. 3675 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3676 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3677 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3678 3679 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3680 bool SizeIsNegative; 3681 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3682 QualType FixedTy = 3683 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3684 Oversized); 3685 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3686 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3687 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3688 } else { 3689 if (SizeIsNegative) 3690 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3691 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3692 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3693 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3694 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 3695 << Oversized.toString(10); 3696 else 3697 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3698 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3699 } 3700 } 3701 } 3702} 3703 3704 3705/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3706/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3707/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3708NamedDecl* 3709Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3710 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3711 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3712 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3713 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3714 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3715 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3716 Redeclaration = true; 3717 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3718 } 3719 3720 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3721 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3722 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3723 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3724 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3725 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3726 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3727 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3728 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3729 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3730 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 3731 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 3732 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3733 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3734 } 3735 3736 return NewTD; 3737} 3738 3739/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3740/// previous declaration. 3741/// 3742/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3743/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3744/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3745/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3746/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3747/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3748/// 3749/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3750/// lookup 3751/// 3752/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3753/// declared. 3754/// 3755/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3756/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3757static bool 3758isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3759 ASTContext &Context) { 3760 if (!PrevDecl) 3761 return false; 3762 3763 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3764 return false; 3765 3766 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3767 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3768 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3769 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3770 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3771 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3772 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3773 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3774 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3775 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3776 return false; 3777 3778 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3779 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3780 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3781 return false; 3782 3783 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3784 // previous declarations. 3785 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3786 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3787 3788 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3789 // isn't the same function. 3790 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3791 return false; 3792 } 3793 3794 return true; 3795} 3796 3797static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3798 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3799 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3800 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3801} 3802 3803bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 3804 QualType type = decl->getType(); 3805 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 3806 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 3807 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 3808 unsigned kind = -1U; 3809 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3810 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3811 kind = 0; // __block 3812 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 3813 kind = 1; // global 3814 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 3815 kind = 3; // ivar 3816 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 3817 kind = 2; // field 3818 } 3819 3820 if (kind != -1U) { 3821 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 3822 << kind; 3823 } 3824 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 3825 // Try to infer lifetime. 3826 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 3827 return false; 3828 3829 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 3830 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 3831 decl->setType(type); 3832 } 3833 3834 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 3835 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 3836 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 3837 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 3838 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 3839 << var->getType(); 3840 return true; 3841 } 3842 } 3843 3844 return false; 3845} 3846 3847NamedDecl* 3848Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3849 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 3850 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3851 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3852 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3853 3854 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3855 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3856 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3857 3858 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3859 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3860 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3861 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3862 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3863 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3864 // an error here 3865 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3866 D.setInvalidType(); 3867 SC = SC_None; 3868 } 3869 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3870 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3871 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3872 3873 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3874 if (!II) { 3875 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3876 << Name; 3877 return 0; 3878 } 3879 3880 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3881 3882 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3883 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3884 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3885 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3886 3887 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3888 // is a GNU extension. 3889 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3890 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3891 else 3892 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3893 D.setInvalidType(); 3894 } 3895 } 3896 3897 if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) { 3898 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 3899 // OpenCL __local address space. 3900 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 3901 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 3902 } 3903 3904 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3905 VarDecl *NewVD; 3906 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3907 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3908 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3909 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3910 3911 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3912 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3913 } else { 3914 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3915 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3916 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3918 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3919 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3920 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3921 SC = SC_Static; 3922 } 3923 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 3924 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3925 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3926 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3927 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3928 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3929 3930 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3931 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 3932 if (RD->isUnion()) 3933 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3934 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x 3935 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 3936 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 3937 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3938 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 3939 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3940 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 3941 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3942 } 3943 } 3944 3945 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3946 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3947 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3948 bool Invalid = false; 3949 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3950 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3951 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3952 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3953 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3954 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3955 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3956 /*never a friend*/ false, 3957 isExplicitSpecialization, 3958 Invalid)) { 3959 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3960 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3961 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3962 << II 3963 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3964 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3965 return 0; 3966 } else { 3967 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3968 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3969 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3970 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3971 << II 3972 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3973 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3974 } 3975 } 3976 3977 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3978 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3979 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3980 3981 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3982 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3983 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3984 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3985 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3986 3987 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3988 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3989 3990 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3991 3992 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3993 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3994 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3995 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3996 } 3997 3998 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 3999 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4000 } 4001 4002 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4003 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4004 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4005 4006 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4007 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4008 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4009 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4010 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4011 else 4012 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4013 } 4014 4015 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4016 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4017 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4018 << 2 4019 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4020 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4021 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4022 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4023 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4024 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4025 else 4026 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4027 } 4028 4029 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4030 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4031 4032 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4033 // retainable type. 4034 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4035 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4036 4037 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4038 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4039 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4040 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4041 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4042 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4043 switch (SC) { 4044 case SC_None: 4045 case SC_Auto: 4046 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4047 break; 4048 case SC_Register: 4049 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4050 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4051 break; 4052 case SC_Static: 4053 case SC_Extern: 4054 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4055 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4056 break; 4057 } 4058 } 4059 4060 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4061 Context, Label)); 4062 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4063 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4064 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4065 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4066 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4067 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4068 } 4069 } 4070 4071 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4072 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4073 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4074 4075 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4076 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4077 // declaration has linkage). 4078 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4079 isExplicitSpecialization); 4080 4081 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4082 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4083 } else { 4084 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4085 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4086 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4087 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4088 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4089 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4090 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4091 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4092 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4093 Previous.clear(); 4094 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4095 } 4096 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4097 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4098 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4099 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4100 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4101 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4102 } 4103 4104 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4105 4106 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4107 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4108 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4109 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4110 } 4111 4112 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4113 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 4114 // here. 4115 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4116 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4117 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 4118 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 4119 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4120 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4121 } 4122 } 4123 4124 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4125 // such variables. 4126 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4127 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4128 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4129 4130 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4131 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4132 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4133 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4134 4135 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4136 4137 return NewVD; 4138} 4139 4140/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4141/// -Wshadow. 4142/// 4143/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4144/// scope. 4145/// 4146/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4147/// \param R the lookup of the name 4148/// 4149void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4150 // Return if warning is ignored. 4151 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4152 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4153 return; 4154 4155 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4156 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4157 return; 4158 4159 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4160 4161 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4162 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4163 return; 4164 4165 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4166 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4167 return; 4168 4169 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4170 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4171 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4172 if (MD->isStatic()) 4173 return; 4174 4175 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4176 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4177 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4178 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4179 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4180 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4181 I != E; ++I) 4182 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4183 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4184 break; 4185 } 4186 } 4187 4188 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4189 4190 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4191 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4192 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4193 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4194 return; 4195 4196 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4197 // static data members from base classes? 4198 4199 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4200 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4201 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4202 } 4203 4204 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4205 unsigned Kind; 4206 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4207 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4208 Kind = 3; // field 4209 else 4210 Kind = 2; // static data member 4211 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4212 Kind = 1; // global 4213 else 4214 Kind = 0; // local 4215 4216 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4217 4218 // Emit warning and note. 4219 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4220 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4221} 4222 4223/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4224void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4225 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4226 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4227 return; 4228 4229 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4230 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4231 LookupName(R, S); 4232 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4233} 4234 4235/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4236/// declaration. 4237/// 4238/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4239/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4240/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4241/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4242/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4243/// 4244/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4245/// 4246/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4247bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4248 LookupResult &Previous) { 4249 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4250 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4251 return false; 4252 4253 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 4254 4255 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4256 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4257 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4258 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4259 NewVD->setType(T); 4260 } 4261 4262 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4263 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4264 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4265 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4266 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4268 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4269 return false; 4270 } 4271 4272 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4273 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4274 if (getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4275 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4276 else 4277 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4278 } 4279 4280 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4281 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4282 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4283 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4284 4285 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4286 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4287 bool SizeIsNegative; 4288 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4289 QualType FixedTy = 4290 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4291 Oversized); 4292 4293 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4294 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4295 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4296 // int a[10][n]; 4297 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4298 4299 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4300 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4301 << SizeRange; 4302 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4303 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4304 << SizeRange; 4305 else 4306 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4307 << SizeRange; 4308 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4309 return false; 4310 } 4311 4312 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 4313 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4314 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4315 else 4316 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4317 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4318 return false; 4319 } 4320 4321 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4322 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 4323 } 4324 4325 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4326 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4327 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4328 // declaration with the same name. 4329 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4330 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4331 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4332 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4333 } 4334 4335 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4336 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4337 << T; 4338 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4339 return false; 4340 } 4341 4342 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4343 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4344 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4345 return false; 4346 } 4347 4348 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4349 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4350 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4351 return false; 4352 } 4353 4354 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4355 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4356 PDiag(diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal))) { 4357 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4358 return false; 4359 } 4360 4361 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4362 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4363 return true; 4364 } 4365 return false; 4366} 4367 4368/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4369struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4370 Sema *S; 4371 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4372}; 4373 4374/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4375/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4376/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4377static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4378 CXXBasePath &Path, 4379 void *UserData) { 4380 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4381 4382 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4383 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4384 4385 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4386 4387 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4388 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4389 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4390 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4391 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4392 4393 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4394 } 4395 4396 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4397 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4398 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4399 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4400 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4401 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4402 return true; 4403 } 4404 } 4405 4406 return false; 4407} 4408 4409/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4410/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4411bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4412 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4413 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4414 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4415 Data.Method = MD; 4416 Data.S = this; 4417 bool AddedAny = false; 4418 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4419 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4420 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4421 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4422 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4423 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4424 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4425 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4426 AddedAny = true; 4427 } 4428 } 4429 } 4430 } 4431 4432 return AddedAny; 4433} 4434 4435namespace { 4436 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4437 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4438 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4439 Scope *S; 4440 Declarator &D; 4441 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4442 bool AddToScope; 4443 }; 4444} 4445 4446namespace { 4447 4448// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4449// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4450class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4451 public: 4452 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4453 : ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4454 4455 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4456 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4457 return false; 4458 4459 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = candidate.getCorrectionDeclAs<CXXMethodDecl>()) { 4460 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4461 return Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent; 4462 } 4463 4464 return !ExpectedParent; 4465 } 4466 4467 private: 4468 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4469}; 4470 4471} 4472 4473/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4474/// 4475/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4476/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4477/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4478/// the same name. 4479/// 4480/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4481/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4482static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4483 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4484 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4485 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4486 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4487 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4488 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4489 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4490 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4491 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4492 TypoCorrection Correction; 4493 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4494 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4495 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4496 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4497 4498 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4499 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4500 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4501 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4502 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4503 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4504 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4505 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4506 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4507 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4508 if (FD && 4509 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4510 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4511 // involve a parameter 4512 unsigned ParamNum = 4513 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4514 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4515 } 4516 } 4517 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4518 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4519 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4520 Validator, NewDC))) { 4521 // Trap errors. 4522 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4523 4524 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4525 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4526 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4527 Previous.clear(); 4528 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4529 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4530 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4531 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4532 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4533 if (FD && hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, 4534 MismatchedParams)) { 4535 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4536 } 4537 } 4538 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4539 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4540 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4541 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4542 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4543 NewFD->getDeclContext(), 4544 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 4545 Previous, 4546 ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4547 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4548 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4549 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4550 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4551 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4552 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4553 Previous.clear(); 4554 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4555 Result = NULL; 4556 } else { 4557 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4558 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4559 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4560 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4561 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4562 } 4563 } 4564 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 4565 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 4566 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 4567 } else { 4568 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 4569 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 4570 } 4571 } 4572 4573 if (Correction) 4574 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4575 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()) 4576 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 4577 NewFD->getLocation(), 4578 Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOptions())); 4579 else 4580 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 4581 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 4582 4583 bool NewFDisConst = false; 4584 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4585 NewFDisConst = NewMD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4586 4587 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 4588 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 4589 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 4590 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 4591 bool FDisConst = false; 4592 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4593 FDisConst = MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const; 4594 4595 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 4596 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 4597 SemaRef.Diag(FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4598 diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 4599 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 4600 } else if (Correction) { 4601 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 4602 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOptions()); 4603 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 4604 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 4605 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4606 } else 4607 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 4608 } 4609 return Result; 4610} 4611 4612static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 4613 Declarator &D) { 4614 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 4615 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 4616 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 4617 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 4618 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 4619 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4620 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 4621 D.setInvalidType(); 4622 break; 4623 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 4624 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 4625 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 4626 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4627 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4628 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4629 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4630 // other than extern 4631 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4632 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4633 diag::err_static_block_func); 4634 break; 4635 } else 4636 return SC_Static; 4637 } 4638 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4639 } 4640 4641 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 4642 return SC_None; 4643} 4644 4645static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 4646 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 4647 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4648 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 4649 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 4650 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4651 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4652 4653 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 4654 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4655 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4656 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4657 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4658 4659 if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4660 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4661 // prototype. This true when: 4662 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4663 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4664 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4665 bool HasPrototype = 4666 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4667 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4668 4669 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4670 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4671 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4672 HasPrototype); 4673 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4674 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4675 4676 // Set the lexical context. 4677 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 4678 4679 return NewFD; 4680 } 4681 4682 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4683 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4684 4685 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4686 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4687 // the class has been completely parsed. 4688 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4689 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4690 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4691 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4692 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 4693 D.setInvalidType(); 4694 4695 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4696 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4697 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4698 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4699 4700 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4701 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4702 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4703 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 4704 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 4705 isConstexpr); 4706 4707 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4708 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4709 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4710 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4711 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 4712 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 4713 SemaRef.Context, Record, 4714 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4715 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 4716 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4717 4718 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 4719 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 4720 // it yet. 4721 if (SemaRef.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 4722 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 4723 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4724 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 4725 } 4726 4727 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4728 return NewDD; 4729 4730 } else { 4731 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4732 D.setInvalidType(); 4733 4734 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4735 // code path. 4736 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4737 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4738 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4739 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4740 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 4741 } 4742 4743 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4744 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4745 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4746 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4747 return 0; 4748 } 4749 4750 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4751 IsVirtualOkay = true; 4752 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4753 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, 4754 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 4755 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4756 4757 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4758 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 4759 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4760 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4761 // constructor if it has no return type). 4762 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4763 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4764 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4765 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4766 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4767 return 0; 4768 } 4769 4770 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4771 4772 // [class.free]p1: 4773 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4774 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4775 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4776 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4777 isStatic = true; 4778 4779 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4780 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4781 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4782 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4783 isStatic = true; 4784 4785 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4786 4787 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4788 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4789 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), NameInfo, R, 4790 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4791 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 4792 4793 } else { 4794 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4795 // prototype. This true when: 4796 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4797 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 4798 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4799 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4800 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 4801 } 4802} 4803 4804NamedDecl* 4805Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4806 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4807 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4808 bool &AddToScope) { 4809 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4810 4811 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 4812 4813 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4814 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4815 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4816 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 4817 4818 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4819 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4820 4821 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4822 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4824 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4825 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 4826 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 4827 4828 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4829 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4830 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 4831 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 4832 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 4833 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 4834 } 4835 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 4836 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 4837 } 4838 4839 bool isFriend = false; 4840 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4841 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4842 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4843 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 4844 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4845 4846 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 4847 isVirtualOkay); 4848 if (!NewFD) return 0; 4849 4850 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 4851 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4852 4853 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4854 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4855 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4856 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4857 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 4858 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4859 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 4860 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4861 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4862 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4863 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4864 } 4865 4866 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4867 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4868 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4869 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4870 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4871 4872 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4873 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4874 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4875 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4876 4877 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4878 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4879 bool Invalid = false; 4880 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4881 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4882 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4883 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4884 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4885 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4886 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4887 isFriend, 4888 isExplicitSpecialization, 4889 Invalid)) { 4890 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4891 // This is a function template 4892 4893 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4894 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4895 return 0; 4896 4897 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4898 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4899 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4900 return 0; 4901 } 4902 4903 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 4904 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 4905 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 4906 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 4907 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4908 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 4909 Invalid = true; 4910 } 4911 4912 4913 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4914 NewFD->getLocation(), 4915 Name, TemplateParams, 4916 NewFD); 4917 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4918 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4919 4920 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4921 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4922 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4923 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4924 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4925 } 4926 } else { 4927 // This is a function template specialization. 4928 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4929 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4930 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4931 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4932 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4933 4934 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4935 if (isFriend) { 4936 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4937 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4938 4939 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4940 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4941 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4942 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4943 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4944 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4945 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4946 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4947 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4948 } 4949 4950 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4951 << Name << RemoveRange 4952 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4953 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4954 } 4955 } 4956 } 4957 else { 4958 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4959 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4960 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4961 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4962 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4963 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4964 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4965 } 4966 4967 if (Invalid) { 4968 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4969 if (FunctionTemplate) 4970 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4971 } 4972 4973 // If we see "T var();" at block scope, where T is a class type, it is 4974 // probably an attempt to initialize a variable, not a function declaration. 4975 // We don't catch this case earlier, since there is no ambiguity here. 4976 if (!FunctionTemplate && D.getFunctionDefinitionKind() == FDK_Declaration && 4977 CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4978 D.getNumTypeObjects() == 1 && D.isFunctionDeclarator() && 4979 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten() 4980 == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4981 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4982 DeclaratorChunk &C = D.getTypeObject(0); 4983 if (!T->isVoidType() && C.Fun.NumArgs == 0 && !C.Fun.isVariadic && 4984 !C.Fun.TrailingReturnType && 4985 C.Fun.getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 4986 SourceRange ParenRange(C.Loc, C.EndLoc); 4987 Diag(C.Loc, diag::warn_empty_parens_are_function_decl) << ParenRange; 4988 4989 // If the declaration looks like: 4990 // T var1, 4991 // f(); 4992 // and name lookup finds a function named 'f', then the ',' was 4993 // probably intended to be a ';'. 4994 if (!D.isFirstDeclarator() && D.getIdentifier()) { 4995 FullSourceLoc Comma(D.getCommaLoc(), SourceMgr); 4996 FullSourceLoc Name(D.getIdentifierLoc(), SourceMgr); 4997 if (Comma.getFileID() != Name.getFileID() || 4998 Comma.getSpellingLineNumber() != Name.getSpellingLineNumber()) { 4999 LookupResult Result(*this, D.getIdentifier(), SourceLocation(), 5000 LookupOrdinaryName); 5001 if (LookupName(Result, S)) 5002 Diag(D.getCommaLoc(), diag::note_empty_parens_function_call) 5003 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(D.getCommaLoc(), ";") << NewFD; 5004 } 5005 } 5006 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5007 // Empty parens mean value-initialization, and no parens mean default 5008 // initialization. These are equivalent if the default constructor is 5009 // user-provided, or if zero-initialization is a no-op. 5010 if (RD && RD->hasDefinition() && 5011 (RD->isEmpty() || RD->hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor())) 5012 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_default_ctor) 5013 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ParenRange); 5014 else if (const char *Init = getFixItZeroInitializerForType(T)) 5015 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 5016 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, Init); 5017 else if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus0x) 5018 Diag(C.Loc, diag::note_empty_parens_zero_initialize) 5019 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ParenRange, "{}"); 5020 } 5021 } 5022 5023 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5024 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5025 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5026 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5027 // 5028 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5029 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5030 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5031 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5032 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5033 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5034 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5035 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5036 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5037 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5038 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5039 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5040 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5041 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5042 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5043 } else { 5044 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5045 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5046 } 5047 } 5048 5049 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5050 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5051 // declaration. 5052 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5053 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5054 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5055 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5056 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5058 } 5059 } 5060 5061 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5062 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5063 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5064 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5065 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5066 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5067 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5068 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5069 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5070 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5071 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5072 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5073 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5074 // or conversion function. 5075 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5076 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5077 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5078 } 5079 } 5080 5081 if (isConstexpr) { 5082 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5083 // are implicitly inline. 5084 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5085 5086 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5087 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5088 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5089 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5090 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5091 } 5092 5093 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5094 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5095 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5096 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5097 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5098 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5099 << 0 5100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5101 } else { 5102 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5103 if (FunctionTemplate) 5104 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5105 } 5106 } 5107 5108 if (isFriend) { 5109 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5110 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5111 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5112 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5113 } 5114 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5115 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5116 } 5117 5118 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5119 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5120 case FDK_Declaration: 5121 case FDK_Definition: 5122 break; 5123 5124 case FDK_Defaulted: 5125 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5126 break; 5127 5128 case FDK_Deleted: 5129 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5130 break; 5131 } 5132 5133 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5134 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5135 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5136 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5137 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5138 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5139 } 5140 5141 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5142 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5143 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5144 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5145 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5146 // the class. 5147 5148 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5149 // member function definition. 5150 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5151 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5152 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5153 } 5154 } 5155 5156 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5157 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5158 isExplicitSpecialization || 5159 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5160 5161 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5162 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5163 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5164 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5165 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5166 SE->getString())); 5167 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5168 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5169 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5170 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5171 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5172 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5173 } 5174 } 5175 5176 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5177 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5178 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5179 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5180 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5181 5182 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5183 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5184 // single void argument. 5185 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5186 // already checks for that case. 5187 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5188 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5189 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5190 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5191 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 5192 5193 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5194 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5195 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5196 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5197 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5198 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5199 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5200 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5201 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5202 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5203 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5204 << IsTypeAlias; 5205 } 5206 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5207 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5208 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5209 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5210 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5211 Params.push_back(Param); 5212 5213 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5215 } 5216 } 5217 5218 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5219 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5220 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5221 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5222 // 5223 // @code 5224 // typedef void fn(int); 5225 // fn f; 5226 // @endcode 5227 5228 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5229 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5230 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5231 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5232 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5233 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5234 Params.push_back(Param); 5235 } 5236 } else { 5237 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5238 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5239 } 5240 5241 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5242 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5243 5244 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5245 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5246 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5247 5248 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5249 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5250 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5251 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5252 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5253 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5254 // because all functions have linkage. 5255 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5256 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5257 } else { 5258 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5259 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5260 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5261 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5262 } 5263 } 5264 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5265 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5266 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5267 } else { 5268 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5269 // argument list into our AST format. 5270 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5271 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5272 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5273 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5274 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5275 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5276 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 5277 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5278 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5279 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5280 TemplateArgs); 5281 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 5282 5283 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5284 5285 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5286 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5287 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5288 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5289 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5290 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5291 5292 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5293 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5294 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5295 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5296 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5297 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5298 // too few of them). 5299 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5300 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5301 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5302 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5303 "template<> "); 5304 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5305 } else { 5306 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5307 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5308 } 5309 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5310 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5311 // wrote something like: 5312 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5313 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5314 // friend void foo<>(int); 5315 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5316 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5317 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5318 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5319 } 5320 5321 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5322 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5323 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5324 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5325 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5326 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5327 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5328 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5329 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5330 InstantiationDependent))) { 5331 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5332 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5333 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5334 Previous)) 5335 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5336 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5337 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5338 && !isFriend) { 5339 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5340 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt ? 5341 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5342 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5343 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5344 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5345 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5346 Previous)) 5347 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5348 5349 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5350 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5351 // specialization (14.7.3) 5352 if (SC != SC_None) { 5353 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5354 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5355 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5356 << SC 5357 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5358 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5359 5360 else 5361 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5362 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5363 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5364 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5365 } 5366 5367 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5368 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5369 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5370 } 5371 5372 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5373 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5374 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5375 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5376 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5377 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5378 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5379 } else { 5380 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5381 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5382 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5383 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5384 } 5385 } 5386 5387 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5388 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5389 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5390 5391 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5392 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5393 : NewFD); 5394 5395 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5396 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5397 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5398 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5399 5400 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5401 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5402 5403 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5404 } 5405 5406 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5407 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5408 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5409 5410 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5411 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5412 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5413 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5414 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5415 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5416 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5417 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5418 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5419 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5420 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5421 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5422 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5423 DC->isDependentContext()) 5424 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5425 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5426 } 5427 5428 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5429 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5430 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5431 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5432 AddToScope }; 5433 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5434 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5435 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5436 5437 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5438 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5439 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5440 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5441 5442 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5443 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5444 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5445 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5446 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5447 // can actually do this check immediately. 5448 if (isFriend && 5449 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5450 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5451 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5452 // ignore these 5453 } else { 5454 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5455 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5456 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5457 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5458 // 5459 // class X { 5460 // void f() const; 5461 // }; 5462 // 5463 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5464 // 5465 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5466 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5467 // whether the parameter types are references). 5468 5469 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5470 NewFD, 5471 ExtraArgs)) { 5472 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5473 return Result; 5474 } 5475 } 5476 5477 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5478 // to something. 5479 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5480 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5481 NewFD, 5482 ExtraArgs)) { 5483 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5484 return Result; 5485 } 5486 } 5487 5488 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5489 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5490 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5491 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5492 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5493 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5494 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5495 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5496 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5497 // generate them. 5498 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5499 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5500 } 5501 } 5502 5503 5504 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 5505 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 5506 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 5507 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 5508 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5509 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5510 5511 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 5512 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 5513 if (D.isRedeclaration() && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 5514 const FunctionDecl *Def; 5515 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5516 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->isDefined(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 5517 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 5518 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5519 } 5520 } 5521 5522 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5523 5524 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5525 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5526 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5527 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5528 << NewFD; 5529 5530 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5531 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5532 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5533 EPI.Variadic = true; 5534 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5535 5536 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5537 NewFD->setType(R); 5538 } 5539 5540 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5541 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5542 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5543 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5544 5545 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5546 // marking the function. 5547 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5548 5549 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5550 // map of such names. 5551 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5552 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5553 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5554 5555 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5556 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5557 5558 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5559 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5560 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5561 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5562 return FunctionTemplate; 5563 } 5564 } 5565 5566 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5567 5568 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 5569 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5570 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5571 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5572 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 5573 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 5574 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 5575 5576 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 5577 } 5578 } 5579 5580 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 5581 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 5582 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 5583 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5584 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 5585 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 5586 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 5587 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)); 5588 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 5589 AddToScope = false; 5590 } 5591 5592 return NewFD; 5593} 5594 5595/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 5596/// 5597/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 5598/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 5599/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 5600/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 5601/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 5602/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 5603/// via InstantiateDecl). 5604/// 5605/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 5606/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 5607/// 5608/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 5609/// 5610/// Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 5611bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 5612 LookupResult &Previous, 5613 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 5614 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 5615 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 5616 5617 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 5618 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 5619 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 5620 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 5621 // declaration with the same name. 5622 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5623 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 5624 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 5625 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 5626 } 5627 5628 bool Redeclaration = false; 5629 5630 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 5631 // the same name, if appropriate. 5632 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5633 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 5634 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 5635 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 5636 // function to the scope. 5637 5638 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 5639 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 5640 Redeclaration = true; 5641 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 5642 } else { 5643 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 5644 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 5645 case Ovl_Match: 5646 Redeclaration = true; 5647 break; 5648 5649 case Ovl_NonFunction: 5650 Redeclaration = true; 5651 break; 5652 5653 case Ovl_Overload: 5654 Redeclaration = false; 5655 break; 5656 } 5657 5658 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 5659 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 5660 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 5661 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 5662 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 5663 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 5664 if (Redeclaration) 5665 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 5666 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5667 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 5668 if (OverloadedDecl) 5669 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 5670 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 5671 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 5672 Context)); 5673 } 5674 } 5675 5676 if (Redeclaration) { 5677 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 5678 // merged. 5679 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 5680 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5681 return Redeclaration; 5682 } 5683 5684 Previous.clear(); 5685 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 5686 5687 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 5688 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 5689 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 5690 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 5691 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 5692 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 5693 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 5694 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 5695 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5696 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 5697 } 5698 5699 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 5700 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 5701 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 5702 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 5703 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 5704 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 5705 } 5706 5707 } else { 5708 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 5709 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 5710 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 5711 } 5712 } 5713 } 5714 5715 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 5716 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5717 // C++-specific checks. 5718 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5719 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 5720 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 5721 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 5722 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 5723 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5724 5725 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 5726 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 5727 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 5728 DeclarationName Name 5729 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5730 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 5731 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 5732 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 5733 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5734 return Redeclaration; 5735 } 5736 } 5737 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 5738 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5739 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 5740 } 5741 5742 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 5743 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5744 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 5745 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5746 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 5747 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 5748 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5749 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 5750 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5751 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 5752 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 5753 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 5754 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 5755 ++Overridden) { 5756 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 5757 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5758 } 5759 } 5760 } 5761 } 5762 } 5763 5764 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 5765 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 5766 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5767 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5768 return Redeclaration; 5769 } 5770 5771 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 5772 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 5773 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 5774 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5775 return Redeclaration; 5776 } 5777 5778 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 5779 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 5780 // during delayed parsing anyway. 5781 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 5782 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 5783 5784 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 5785 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 5786 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 5787 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 5788 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 5789 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 5790 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 5791 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 5792 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 5793 } 5794 } 5795 5796 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 5797 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 5798 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 5799 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 5800 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 5801 if (!R.isPODType(Context) && 5802 !R->isVoidType()) 5803 Diag( NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt ) 5804 << NewFD << R; 5805 } 5806 } 5807 return Redeclaration; 5808} 5809 5810void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 5811 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 5812 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 5813 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 5814 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 5815 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 5816 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 5817 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 5818 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 5819 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5820 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5821 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 5822 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 5823 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 5824 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 5825 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 5826 FD->setConstexpr(false); 5827 } 5828 5829 QualType T = FD->getType(); 5830 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 5831 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5832 5833 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 5834 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 5835 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 5836 // set the flag which tells us that. 5837 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5838 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5839 5840 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 5841 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 5842 // implicit-return-zero rule. 5843 } else if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5844 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 5845 5846 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 5847 } else { 5848 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 5849 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5850 } 5851 5852 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 5853 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 5854 5855 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 5856 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 5857 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 5858 5859 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 5860 5861 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 5862 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 5863 // getting shifty. 5864 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 5865 HasExtraParameters = false; 5866 5867 if (HasExtraParameters) { 5868 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 5869 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5870 nparams = 3; 5871 } 5872 5873 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 5874 // if we had some location information about types. 5875 5876 QualType CharPP = 5877 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 5878 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 5879 5880 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 5881 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 5882 5883 bool mismatch = true; 5884 5885 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 5886 mismatch = false; 5887 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 5888 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 5889 // char const ** 5890 // char const * const * 5891 // char * const * 5892 5893 QualifierCollector qs; 5894 const PointerType* PT; 5895 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5896 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5897 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 5898 qs.removeConst(); 5899 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 5900 } 5901 } 5902 5903 if (mismatch) { 5904 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5905 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5906 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5907 } 5908 } 5909 5910 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5912 } 5913 5914 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5915 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5916 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5917 } 5918} 5919 5920bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5921 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5922 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5923 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5924 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5925 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5926 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5927 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5928 // rules there don't matter.) 5929 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5930 return false; 5931 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5932 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5933 return true; 5934} 5935 5936namespace { 5937 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5938 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5939 class SelfReferenceChecker 5940 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5941 Sema &S; 5942 Decl *OrigDecl; 5943 bool isRecordType; 5944 bool isPODType; 5945 5946 public: 5947 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5948 5949 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5950 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 5951 isPODType = false; 5952 isRecordType = false; 5953 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 5954 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 5955 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 5956 } 5957 } 5958 5959 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5960 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5961 if (isRecordType) { 5962 Expr *expr = E; 5963 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) { 5964 ValueDecl *VD = ME->getMemberDecl(); 5965 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<VarDecl>(VD)) return; 5966 expr = ME->getBase(); 5967 } 5968 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(expr)) { 5969 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5970 return; 5971 } 5972 } 5973 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5974 } 5975 5976 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 5977 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 5978 if (isa<FieldDecl>(E->getMemberDecl())) 5979 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE 5980 = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) { 5981 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5982 return; 5983 } 5984 Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E); 5985 } 5986 5987 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5988 if ((!isRecordType &&E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) || 5989 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) { 5990 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5991 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(SubExpr)) 5992 SubExpr = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5993 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)) { 5994 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 5995 return; 5996 } 5997 } 5998 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5999 } 6000 6001 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6002 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6003 if (isRecordType && isPODType) return; 6004 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6005 } 6006 6007 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6008 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6009 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6010 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6011 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6012 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6013 S.PDiag(diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 6014 << Result.getLookupName() 6015 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6016 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6017 } 6018 }; 6019} 6020 6021/// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6022void Sema::CheckSelfReference(Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E) { 6023 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, OrigDecl).VisitExpr(E); 6024} 6025 6026/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6027/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6028/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6029void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6030 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6031 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6032 // the initializer. 6033 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6034 return; 6035 6036 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6037 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6038 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6039 // Thus this grotesque test. 6040 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6041 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6042 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6043 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6044 else { 6045 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6046 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6047 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6048 } 6049 return; 6050 } 6051 6052 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6053 if (!VDecl) { 6054 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6055 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6056 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6057 return; 6058 } 6059 6060 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6061 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 6062 // by a dataflow analysis. 6063 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal()) 6064 CheckSelfReference(RealDecl, Init); 6065 6066 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6067 6068 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6069 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 6070 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6071 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6072 // contains exactly one expression. 6073 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6074 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6075 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6076 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6077 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6078 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6079 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6080 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6081 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6082 return; 6083 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6084 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6085 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6086 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6087 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6088 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6089 return; 6090 } else { 6091 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6092 } 6093 } 6094 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6095 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6096 DAR_Failed) 6097 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6098 if (!DeducedType) { 6099 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6100 return; 6101 } 6102 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6103 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6104 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6105 6106 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6107 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6108 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6109 6110 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6111 // the previously declared type. 6112 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6113 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6114 } 6115 6116 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6117 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6118 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6119 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6120 return; 6121 } 6122 6123 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6124 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6125 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6126 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6127 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6128 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6129 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6130 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6131 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6132 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6133 return; 6134 } 6135 6136 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6137 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6138 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6139 AbstractVariableType)) 6140 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6141 } 6142 6143 const VarDecl *Def; 6144 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6145 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6146 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6147 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6148 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6149 return; 6150 } 6151 6152 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6153 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6154 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6155 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6156 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6157 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6158 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6159 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6160 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6161 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6162 // 6163 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6164 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6165 // declaration with an initializer. 6166 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6167 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6168 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6169 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6170 return; 6171 } 6172 6173 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6174 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6175 6176 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6177 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6178 return; 6179 } 6180 } 6181 6182 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6183 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6184 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6185 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6186 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6187 return; 6188 } 6189 6190 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6191 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6192 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6193 6194 // Perform the initialization. 6195 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6196 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6197 InitializationKind Kind 6198 = DirectInit ? 6199 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6200 Init->getLocStart(), 6201 Init->getLocEnd()) 6202 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6203 VDecl->getLocation()) 6204 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6205 Init->getLocStart()); 6206 6207 Expr **Args = &Init; 6208 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6209 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6210 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6211 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6212 } 6213 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6214 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6215 MultiExprArg(*this, Args,NumArgs), 6216 &DclT); 6217 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6218 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6219 return; 6220 } 6221 6222 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6223 } 6224 6225 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6226 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6227 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6228 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6229 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6230 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6231 6232 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6233 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6234 6235 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6236 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6237 6238 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6239 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6240 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6241 6242 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6243 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6244 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6245 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6246 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6247 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6248 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6249 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6250 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6251 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6252 // 6253 // struct S { 6254 // static const int value = 17; 6255 // }; 6256 6257 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6258 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6259 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6260 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6261 // 6262 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6263 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6264 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6265 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6266 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6267 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6268 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6269 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6270 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6271 6272 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6273 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6274 6275 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6276 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6277 // type. 6278 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6279 6280 // Require constness. 6281 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6282 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6283 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6284 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6285 6286 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6287 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6288 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6289 SourceLocation Loc; 6290 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6291 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6292 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6293 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6294 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6295 ; // Nothing to check. 6296 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6297 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6298 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6299 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6300 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6301 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6302 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6303 } else { 6304 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6305 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6306 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6307 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6308 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6309 } 6310 6311 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6312 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6313 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6314 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6315 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) 6316 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6317 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6318 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6319 6320 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6321 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6322 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6323 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6324 } 6325 6326 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6327 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6328 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6329 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6330 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6331 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6332 6333 } else { 6334 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6335 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6336 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6337 } 6338 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6339 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6340 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 6341 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6342 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6343 6344 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6345 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6346 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6347 } 6348 6349 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6350 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6351 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6352 // 6353 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6354 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6355 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6356 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6357 // special case code. 6358 6359 // C++ 8.5p11: 6360 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6361 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6362 // class type. 6363 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6364 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6365 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6366 } else if (DirectInit) { 6367 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6368 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6369 } 6370 6371 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6372} 6373 6374/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6375/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6376/// of sanity. 6377void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6378 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6379 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6380 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6381 6382 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6383 if (!VD) return; 6384 6385 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6386 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6387 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6388 return; 6389 } 6390 6391 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6392 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6393 6394 // Require a complete type. 6395 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6396 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6397 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6398 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6399 return; 6400 } 6401 6402 // Require an abstract type. 6403 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6404 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6405 AbstractVariableType)) { 6406 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6407 return; 6408 } 6409 6410 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6411 // though. 6412} 6413 6414void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6415 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6416 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6417 if (RealDecl == 0) 6418 return; 6419 6420 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6421 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6422 6423 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6424 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6425 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6426 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6427 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6428 return; 6429 } 6430 6431 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6432 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6433 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6434 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6435 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6436 // member. 6437 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6438 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6439 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6440 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6441 << Var->getDeclName(); 6442 else 6443 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6444 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6445 return; 6446 } 6447 6448 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6449 case VarDecl::Definition: 6450 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6451 break; 6452 6453 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6454 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6455 // a declaration. 6456 // 6457 // Fall through 6458 6459 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6460 // It's only a declaration. 6461 6462 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6463 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6464 // object shall be complete. 6465 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6466 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6467 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6468 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6469 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6470 6471 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 6472 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6473 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6474 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6475 AbstractVariableType)) 6476 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6477 return; 6478 6479 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 6480 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 6481 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 6482 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 6483 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 6484 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 6485 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 6486 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 6487 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 6488 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6489 ArrayT->getElementType(), 6490 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 6491 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6492 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6493 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 6494 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 6495 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 6496 // NOTE: code such as the following 6497 // static struct s; 6498 // struct s { int a; }; 6499 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 6500 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 6501 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 6502 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 6503 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6504 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 6505 } 6506 } 6507 6508 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 6509 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6510 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 6511 return; 6512 } 6513 6514 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6515 // definitions with incomplete array type. 6516 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 6517 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6518 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 6519 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6520 return; 6521 } 6522 6523 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 6524 // definitions with reference type. 6525 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 6526 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 6527 << Var->getDeclName() 6528 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 6529 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6530 return; 6531 } 6532 6533 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 6534 // variable with dependent type. 6535 if (Type->isDependentType()) 6536 return; 6537 6538 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 6539 return; 6540 6541 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 6542 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 6543 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6544 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6545 return; 6546 } 6547 6548 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6549 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6550 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6551 AbstractVariableType)) { 6552 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6553 return; 6554 } 6555 6556 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 6557 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 6558 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 6559 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 6560 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 6561 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 6562 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 6563 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 6564 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 6565 // types and is declared without an initializer. 6566 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6567 if (const RecordType *Record 6568 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6569 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 6570 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 6571 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 6572 // incompatibilities with C++98. 6573 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 6574 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6575 } 6576 } 6577 6578 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 6579 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 6580 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 6581 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 6582 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 6583 // type shall have a user-declared default 6584 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 6585 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 6586 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 6587 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 6588 // program is ill-formed. 6589 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 6590 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 6591 // default-initialized; [...]. 6592 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 6593 InitializationKind Kind 6594 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 6595 6596 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 6597 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6598 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 6599 if (Init.isInvalid()) 6600 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6601 else if (Init.get()) { 6602 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 6603 // This is important for template substitution. 6604 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6605 } 6606 6607 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 6608 } 6609} 6610 6611void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 6612 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6613 if (!VD) { 6614 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 6615 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6616 return; 6617 } 6618 6619 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 6620 6621 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 6622 int Error = -1; 6623 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 6624 case SC_None: 6625 break; 6626 case SC_Extern: 6627 Error = 0; 6628 break; 6629 case SC_Static: 6630 Error = 1; 6631 break; 6632 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6633 Error = 2; 6634 break; 6635 case SC_Auto: 6636 Error = 3; 6637 break; 6638 case SC_Register: 6639 Error = 4; 6640 break; 6641 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6642 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 6643 } 6644 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 6645 Error = 5; 6646 if (Error != -1) { 6647 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 6648 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 6649 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6650 } 6651} 6652 6653void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 6654 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6655 6656 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 6657 // local retaining variable. 6658 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 6659 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 6660 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 6661 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 6662 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 6663 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 6664 break; 6665 6666 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 6667 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 6668 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6669 break; 6670 } 6671 } 6672 6673 // All the following checks are C++ only. 6674 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 6675 6676 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 6677 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 6678 6679 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 6680 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6681 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 6682 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 6683 6684 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 6685 // constructing this copy. 6686 QualType type = var->getType(); 6687 6688 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 6689 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 6690 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 6691 ExprResult result = 6692 PerformCopyInitialization( 6693 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 6694 poi, Owned(varRef)); 6695 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 6696 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 6697 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6698 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 6699 } 6700 } 6701 } 6702 6703 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 6704 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 6705 6706 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && Init) { 6707 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 6708 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 6709 var->getLocation()) 6710 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 6711 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 6712 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 6713 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6714 6715 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 6716 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 6717 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 6718 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 6719 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 6720 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 6721 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 6722 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 6723 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 6724 Notes.clear(); 6725 } 6726 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 6727 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 6728 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 6729 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 6730 } 6731 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions()) { 6732 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 6733 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 6734 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 6735 var->checkInitIsICE(); 6736 } 6737 } 6738 6739 // Require the destructor. 6740 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 6741 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 6742} 6743 6744/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 6745/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 6746void 6747Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 6748 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 6749 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 6750} 6751 6752Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6753Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 6754 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 6755 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 6756 6757 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 6758 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 6759 6760 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 6761 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 6762 Decls.push_back(D); 6763 6764 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 6765 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 6766} 6767 6768/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 6769/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 6770Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 6771Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 6772 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6773 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 6774 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 6775 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 6776 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 6777 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 6778 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 6779 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 6780 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 6781 QualType Deduced; 6782 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 6783 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 6784 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 6785 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 6786 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 6787 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 6788 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 6789 break; 6790 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 6791 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 6792 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 6793 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 6794 Deduced = U; 6795 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 6796 DeducedDecl = D; 6797 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 6798 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 6799 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 6800 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 6801 << U << D->getDeclName() 6802 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 6803 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 6804 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6805 break; 6806 } 6807 } 6808 } 6809 } 6810 } 6811 6812 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 6813} 6814 6815 6816/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 6817/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 6818Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 6819 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 6820 6821 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 6822 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 6823 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 6824 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 6825 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 6826 StorageClass = SC_Register; 6827 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 6828 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6829 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 6830 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 6831 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 6832 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 6833 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6834 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 6835 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 6836 } 6837 6838 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6839 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6840 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 6841 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 6842 << 0; 6843 6844 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6845 6846 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6847 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 6848 6849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6850 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 6851 // parameter. 6852 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6853 6854 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6855 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6856 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 6857 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6858 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 6859 } 6860 } 6861 6862 // Ensure we have a valid name 6863 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 6864 if (D.hasName()) { 6865 II = D.getIdentifier(); 6866 if (!II) { 6867 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 6868 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 6869 D.setInvalidType(true); 6870 } 6871 } 6872 6873 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 6874 if (II) { 6875 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 6876 ForRedeclaration); 6877 LookupName(R, S); 6878 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 6879 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6880 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6881 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6882 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6883 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6884 PrevDecl = 0; 6885 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 6886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 6887 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6888 6889 // Recover by removing the name 6890 II = 0; 6891 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6892 D.setInvalidType(true); 6893 } 6894 } 6895 } 6896 6897 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 6898 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 6899 // looking like class members in C++. 6900 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6901 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6902 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 6903 parmDeclType, TInfo, 6904 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 6905 6906 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6907 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6908 6909 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 6910 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 6911 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 6912 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 6913 6914 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 6915 S->AddDecl(New); 6916 if (II) 6917 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 6918 6919 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 6920 6921 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 6922 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 6923 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 6924 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 6925 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6926 6927 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6929 } 6930 return New; 6931} 6932 6933/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 6934/// typedef. 6935ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 6936 SourceLocation Loc, 6937 QualType T) { 6938 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 6939 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 6940 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 6941 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 6942 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 6943 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 6944 Param->setImplicit(); 6945 return Param; 6946} 6947 6948void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6949 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 6950 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 6951 // will already have done so in the template itself. 6952 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 6953 return; 6954 6955 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6956 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 6957 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 6958 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 6959 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 6960 } 6961 } 6962} 6963 6964void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 6965 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 6966 QualType ReturnTy, 6967 NamedDecl *D) { 6968 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 6969 return; 6970 6971 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6972 // threshold. 6973 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 6974 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 6975 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6976 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 6977 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 6978 } 6979 6980 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 6981 // threshold. 6982 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 6983 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 6984 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 6985 continue; 6986 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 6987 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 6988 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 6989 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 6990 } 6991} 6992 6993ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 6994 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 6995 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6996 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 6997 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 6998 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 6999 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7000 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7001 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7002 7003 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7004 7005 // Special cases for arrays: 7006 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7007 // - otherwise, it's an error 7008 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7009 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7010 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7011 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7012 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7013 } 7014 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7015 } else { 7016 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7017 } 7018 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7019 } 7020 7021 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7022 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7023 TSInfo, 7024 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7025 0); 7026 7027 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7028 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7029 // the class has been completely parsed. 7030 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7031 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7032 AbstractParamType)) 7033 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7034 7035 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7036 // passed by reference. 7037 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7038 Diag(NameLoc, 7039 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7040 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, "*"); 7041 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7042 New->setType(T); 7043 } 7044 7045 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7046 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7047 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7048 // an address space. 7049 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7050 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7051 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7052 } 7053 7054 return New; 7055} 7056 7057void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7058 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7059 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7060 7061 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7062 // for a K&R function. 7063 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7064 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7065 --i; 7066 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7067 SmallString<256> Code; 7068 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7069 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7070 << ";\n"; 7071 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7072 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7073 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7074 7075 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7076 // type. 7077 AttributeFactory attrs; 7078 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7079 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7080 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7081 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7082 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7083 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7084 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7085 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7086 } 7087 } 7088 } 7089} 7090 7091Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 7092 Declarator &D) { 7093 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7094 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7095 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7096 7097 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7098 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 7099 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this)); 7100 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7101} 7102 7103static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7104 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7105 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7106 return false; 7107 7108 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7109 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7110 return false; 7111 7112 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7113 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7114 return false; 7115 7116 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7117 if (FD->isMain()) 7118 return false; 7119 7120 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7121 if (FD->isInlined()) 7122 return false; 7123 7124 // Don't warn about function templates. 7125 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7126 return false; 7127 7128 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7129 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7130 return false; 7131 7132 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7133 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7134 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7135 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7136 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7137 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7138 continue; 7139 7140 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7141 break; 7142 } 7143 7144 return MissingPrototype; 7145} 7146 7147void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7148 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7149 // was an extern inline function. 7150 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7151 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7152 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 7153 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7154 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7155 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7156 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 7157 else 7158 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7159 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7160 } 7161} 7162 7163Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7164 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7165 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7166 7167 if (!D) 7168 return D; 7169 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7170 7171 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7172 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7173 else 7174 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7175 7176 // Enter a new function scope 7177 PushFunctionScope(); 7178 7179 // See if this is a redefinition. 7180 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7181 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7182 7183 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7184 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7185 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7186 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7187 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7188 } 7189 } 7190 7191 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7192 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7193 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7194 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7195 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7196 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7197 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7198 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7199 7200 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7201 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7202 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7203 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7204 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7205 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7206 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7207 7208 if (FnBodyScope) 7209 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7210 7211 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7212 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7213 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7214 7215 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7216 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7217 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7218 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7219 7220 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7221 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7222 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7223 7224 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7225 } 7226 } 7227 7228 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7229 // dllimport attribute. 7230 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7231 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7232 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7233 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7234 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7235 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7236 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7237 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7238 << "dllimport"; 7239 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7240 return FD; 7241 } 7242 7243 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7244 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7245 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7246 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7247 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7248 // emitted. 7249 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7250 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7251 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7252 } 7253 } 7254 return FD; 7255} 7256 7257/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7258/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7259/// optimization. 7260/// 7261/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7262/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7263/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7264/// use the named return value optimization. 7265/// 7266/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7267/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7268/// the NRVO variable. 7269/// 7270/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7271/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7272/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7273void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7274 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7275 7276 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7277 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7278 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7279 return; 7280 7281 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7282 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7283 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7284 return; 7285 } 7286 7287 if (NRVOCandidate) 7288 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7289} 7290 7291Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7292 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 7293} 7294 7295Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7296 bool IsInstantiation) { 7297 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7298 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7299 if (FunTmpl) 7300 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7301 else 7302 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7303 7304 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7305 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7306 7307 if (FD) { 7308 FD->setBody(Body); 7309 7310 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7311 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7312 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7313 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7314 7315 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7316 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7317 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7318 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7319 7320 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7321 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 7322 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7323 FD->getResultType(), FD); 7324 7325 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 7326 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 7327 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 7328 7329 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7330 } 7331 7332 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 7333 "Function parsing confused"); 7334 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 7335 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 7336 MD->setBody(Body); 7337 if (Body) 7338 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 7339 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7340 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 7341 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 7342 MD->getResultType(), MD); 7343 7344 if (Body) 7345 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 7346 } 7347 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc) { 7348 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_dealloc); 7349 ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc = false; 7350 } 7351 if (ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize) { 7352 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_finalize); 7353 ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize = false; 7354 } 7355 } else { 7356 return 0; 7357 } 7358 7359 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc && "This should only be set for " 7360 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7361 assert(!ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize && "This should only be set for " 7362 "ObjC methods, which should have been handled in the block above."); 7363 7364 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 7365 if (Body) { 7366 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 7367 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 7368 // Verify this. 7369 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 7370 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 7371 7372 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 7373 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 7374 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 7375 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction()) 7376 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 7377 7378 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 7379 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 7380 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 7381 7382 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 7383 Destructor->getParent()); 7384 } 7385 7386 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7387 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7388 // deletion in some later function. 7389 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 7390 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 7391 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7392 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 7393 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 7394 // enabled. 7395 ActivePolicy = &WP; 7396 } 7397 7398 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7399 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 7400 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 7401 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7402 7403 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 7404 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 7405 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 7406 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 7407 } 7408 7409 if (!IsInstantiation) 7410 PopDeclContext(); 7411 7412 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 7413 7414 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 7415 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 7416 // deletion in some later function. 7417 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 7418 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 7419 } 7420 7421 return dcl; 7422} 7423 7424 7425/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 7426/// relevant Decl. 7427void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 7428 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 7429 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 7430 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 7431 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 7432 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 7433} 7434 7435 7436/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 7437/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 7438NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 7439 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 7440 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 7441 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 7442 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 7443 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 7444 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 7445 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 7446 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 7447 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 7448 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7449 return Pos->second; 7450 } 7451 7452 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 7453 unsigned diag_id; 7454 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7455 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 7456 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 7457 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 7458 else 7459 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 7460 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 7461 7462 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 7463 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 7464 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 7465 TypoCorrection Corrected; 7466 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 7467 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 7468 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 7469 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()); 7470 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()); 7471 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 7472 7473 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 7474 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 7475 7476 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 7477 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 7478 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 7479 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 7480 } 7481 } 7482 7483 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 7484 const char *Dummy; 7485 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 7486 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 7487 unsigned DiagID; 7488 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 7489 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 7490 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 7491 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 7492 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 7493 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 7494 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 7495 SourceLocation(), 7496 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 7497 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 7498 DS.getAttributes(), 7499 SourceLocation()); 7500 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 7501 7502 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 7503 7504 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 7505 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7506 7507 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 7508 FD->setImplicit(); 7509 7510 CurContext = PrevDC; 7511 7512 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 7513 7514 return FD; 7515} 7516 7517/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 7518/// the declaration of this function. 7519/// 7520/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 7521/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 7522/// like NSLog or printf. 7523/// 7524/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 7525/// attributes are applied to declarations. 7526void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7527 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7528 return; 7529 7530 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 7531 // actual attributes. 7532 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7533 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 7534 unsigned FormatIdx; 7535 bool HasVAListArg; 7536 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 7537 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 7538 const char *fmt = "printf"; 7539 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 7540 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 7541 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7542 fmt = "NSString"; 7543 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7544 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 7545 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7546 } 7547 } 7548 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 7549 HasVAListArg)) { 7550 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7551 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7552 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 7553 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 7554 } 7555 7556 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 7557 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 7558 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 7559 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 7560 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 7561 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7562 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7563 } 7564 7565 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 7566 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 7567 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7568 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 7569 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7570 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 7571 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 7572 } 7573 7574 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 7575 if (!Name) 7576 return; 7577 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7578 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 7579 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 7580 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 7581 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 7582 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 7583 // about. 7584 } else 7585 return; 7586 7587 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 7588 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 7589 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 7590 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 7591 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 7592 "printf", 2, 7593 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 7594 } 7595} 7596 7597TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 7598 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 7599 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 7600 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 7601 7602 if (!TInfo) { 7603 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 7604 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 7605 } 7606 7607 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 7608 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7609 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 7610 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7611 D.getIdentifier(), 7612 TInfo); 7613 7614 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 7615 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 7616 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 7617 return NewTD; 7618 } 7619 7620 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7621 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7622 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7623 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 7624 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7625 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7626 else 7627 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 7628 } 7629 7630 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 7631 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 7632 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 7633 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 7634 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 7635 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 7636 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 7637 case TST_enum: 7638 case TST_struct: 7639 case TST_union: 7640 case TST_class: { 7641 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 7642 7643 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 7644 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 7645 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 7646 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 7647 7648 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 7649 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 7650 7651 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 7652 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 7653 break; 7654 7655 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 7656 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 7657 break; 7658 } 7659 7660 default: 7661 break; 7662 } 7663 7664 return NewTD; 7665} 7666 7667 7668/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 7669/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 7670/// 7671/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 7672bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 7673 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 7674 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 7675 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 7676 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 7677 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 7678 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 7679 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 7680 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 7681 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 7682 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 7683 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 7684 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 7685 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 7686 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 7687 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 7688 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 7689 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 7690 if (!isDefinition || (NewTag != TTK_Class && NewTag != TTK_Struct)) 7691 if (OldTag == NewTag) 7692 return true; 7693 7694 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 7695 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 7696 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 7697 bool isTemplate = false; 7698 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 7699 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 7700 7701 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7702 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 7703 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 7704 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7705 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7706 return true; 7707 } 7708 7709 if (isDefinition) { 7710 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 7711 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 7712 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7713 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 7714 return true; 7715 } 7716 7717 bool previousMismatch = false; 7718 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 7719 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 7720 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 7721 if (!previousMismatch) { 7722 previousMismatch = true; 7723 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 7724 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) << isTemplate << &Name; 7725 } 7726 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7727 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7728 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 7729 NewTag == TTK_Class? 7730 "class" : "struct"); 7731 } 7732 } 7733 return true; 7734 } 7735 7736 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 7737 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 7738 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 7739 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 7740 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 7741 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 7742 return true; 7743 } 7744 7745 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 7746 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 7747 << isTemplate << &Name; 7748 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 7749 7750 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 7751 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 7752 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 7753 << (Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class) 7754 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 7755 Redecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 7756 } 7757 7758 return true; 7759 } 7760 return false; 7761} 7762 7763/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 7764/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 7765/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 7766/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 7767Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 7768 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7769 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 7770 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 7771 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 7772 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 7773 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 7774 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 7775 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 7776 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 7777 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 7778 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 7779 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 7780 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 7781 7782 OwnedDecl = false; 7783 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 7784 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 7785 7786 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 7787 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7788 bool Invalid = false; 7789 7790 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 7791 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 7792 // for non-C++ cases. 7793 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 7794 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 7795 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 7796 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 7797 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 7798 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7799 TUK == TUK_Friend, 7800 isExplicitSpecialization, 7801 Invalid)) { 7802 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7803 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 7804 // be a member of another template). 7805 7806 if (Invalid) 7807 return 0; 7808 7809 OwnedDecl = false; 7810 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 7811 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 7812 TemplateParams, AS, 7813 ModulePrivateLoc, 7814 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 7815 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7816 return Result.get(); 7817 } else { 7818 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 7819 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 7820 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 7821 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 7822 } 7823 } 7824 } 7825 7826 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 7827 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 7828 // redeclaration. 7829 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 7830 7831 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7832 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 7833 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 7834 // type, default to int. 7835 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7836 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 7837 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 7838 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 7839 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 7840 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 7841 EnumUnderlying = TI; 7842 7843 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 7844 7845 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 7846 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 7847 << T; 7848 // Recover by falling back to int. 7849 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7850 } 7851 7852 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 7853 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 7854 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7855 7856 } else if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) 7857 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 7858 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 7859 } 7860 7861 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 7862 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 7863 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 7864 7865 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 7866 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 7867 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 7868 7869 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 7870 7871 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7872 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 7873 7874 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 7875 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 7876 Name = 0; 7877 goto CreateNewDecl; 7878 } 7879 7880 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 7881 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 7882 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7883 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 7884 if (!DC) { 7885 IsDependent = true; 7886 return 0; 7887 } 7888 } else { 7889 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 7890 if (!DC) { 7891 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 7892 << SS.getRange(); 7893 return 0; 7894 } 7895 } 7896 7897 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 7898 return 0; 7899 7900 SearchDC = DC; 7901 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 7902 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 7903 7904 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7905 return 0; 7906 7907 if (Previous.empty()) { 7908 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 7909 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 7910 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 7911 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 7912 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 7913 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 7914 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 7915 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7916 IsDependent = true; 7917 return 0; 7918 } 7919 7920 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 7921 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 7922 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 7923 Name = 0; 7924 Invalid = true; 7925 goto CreateNewDecl; 7926 } 7927 } else if (Name) { 7928 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 7929 // declaration or definition. 7930 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 7931 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 7932 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 7933 LookupName(Previous, S); 7934 7935 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 7936 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 7937 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 7938 while (F.hasNext()) { 7939 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 7940 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 7941 F.erase(); 7942 } 7943 F.done(); 7944 } 7945 7946 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 7947 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 7948 return 0; 7949 7950 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 7951 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 7952 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 7953 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 7954 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 7955 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 7956 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 7957 } 7958 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 7959 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 7960 // initial context to the translation unit. 7961 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 7962 } 7963 7964 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7965 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 7966 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7967 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7968 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7969 Previous.clear(); 7970 } 7971 7972 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 7973 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 7974 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 7975 isStdBadAlloc = true; 7976 7977 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 7978 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 7979 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 7980 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 7981 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 7982 } 7983 } 7984 7985 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 7986 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 7987 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 7988 // there's a shadow friend decl. 7989 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 7990 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 7991 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 7992 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 7993 7994 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 7995 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 7996 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 7997 // 7998 // class-key identifier 7999 // 8000 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8001 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8002 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8003 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8004 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8005 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8006 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8007 // declaration. 8008 // 8009 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8010 // C structs and unions. 8011 // 8012 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8013 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8014 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8015 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8016 // 8017 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8018 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8019 // 8020 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8021 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8022 // lexical context, 8023 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext() || 8024 SearchDC->isObjCContainer()) 8025 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8026 8027 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8028 while (S->isClassScope() || 8029 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8030 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8031 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8032 (S->getEntity() && 8033 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8034 S = S->getParent(); 8035 } else { 8036 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8037 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8038 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8039 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8040 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8041 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8042 } 8043 8044 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8045 // diagnose some problems. 8046 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8047 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8048 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8049 } 8050 } 8051 8052 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8053 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8054 8055 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8056 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8057 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8058 // in C++. 8059 // 8060 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8061 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8062 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8063 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8064 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8065 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8066 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8067 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8068 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8069 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8070 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8071 PrevDecl = Tag; 8072 Previous.clear(); 8073 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8074 Previous.resolveKind(); 8075 } 8076 } 8077 } 8078 } 8079 8080 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8081 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8082 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8083 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8084 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8085 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8086 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8087 // struct or something similar. 8088 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8089 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8090 *Name)) { 8091 bool SafeToContinue 8092 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8093 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8094 if (SafeToContinue) 8095 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8096 << Name 8097 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8098 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8099 else 8100 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8101 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8102 8103 if (SafeToContinue) 8104 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8105 else { 8106 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8107 Name = 0; 8108 Previous.clear(); 8109 Invalid = true; 8110 } 8111 } 8112 8113 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8114 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8115 8116 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8117 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8118 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8119 if (ScopedEnum) 8120 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8121 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8122 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8123 return PrevTagDecl; 8124 } 8125 8126 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8127 // returning the previous declaration. 8128 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 8129 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8130 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 8131 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8132 return PrevTagDecl; 8133 } 8134 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 8135 QualType T; 8136 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8137 T = TI->getType(); 8138 else 8139 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 8140 8141 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, 8142 PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 8143 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8144 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8145 << T 8146 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 8147 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8148 return PrevTagDecl; 8149 } 8150 } 8151 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 8152 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8153 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 8154 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8155 return PrevTagDecl; 8156 } 8157 } 8158 8159 if (!Invalid) { 8160 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8161 8162 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8163 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8164 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8165 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8166 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8167 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8168 return PrevTagDecl; 8169 8170 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8171 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8172 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8173 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8174 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8175 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8176 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 8177 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 8178 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 8179 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 8180 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8181 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8182 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8183 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8184 // references get the previous definition. 8185 Name = 0; 8186 Previous.clear(); 8187 Invalid = true; 8188 } 8189 } else { 8190 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8191 // about a nested redefinition. 8192 const TagType *Tag 8193 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8194 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8195 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8196 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8197 diag::note_previous_definition); 8198 Name = 0; 8199 Previous.clear(); 8200 Invalid = true; 8201 } 8202 } 8203 8204 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8205 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8206 } 8207 } 8208 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8209 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8210 8211 } else { 8212 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8213 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8214 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8215 // have distinct types. 8216 Previous.clear(); 8217 } 8218 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8219 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8220 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8221 8222 8223 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8224 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8225 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8226 } else { 8227 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8228 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8229 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8230 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8231 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8232 unsigned Kind = 0; 8233 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8234 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8235 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8236 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 8237 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 8238 Invalid = true; 8239 8240 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 8241 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 8242 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8243 // do nothing 8244 8245 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 8246 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8247 unsigned Kind = 0; 8248 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8249 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 8250 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 8251 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 8252 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8253 Invalid = true; 8254 8255 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 8256 // case here. 8257 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8258 unsigned Kind = 0; 8259 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 8260 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 8261 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 8262 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 8263 Invalid = true; 8264 8265 // Otherwise, diagnose. 8266 } else { 8267 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 8268 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 8269 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 8270 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8271 Name = 0; 8272 Invalid = true; 8273 } 8274 8275 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 8276 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 8277 Previous.clear(); 8278 } 8279 } 8280 8281CreateNewDecl: 8282 8283 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8284 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 8285 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8286 8287 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 8288 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 8289 // keyword. 8290 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 8291 8292 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 8293 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 8294 // PrevDecl. 8295 TagDecl *New; 8296 8297 bool IsForwardReference = false; 8298 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8299 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8300 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 8301 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8302 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 8303 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 8304 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 8305 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 8306 TagDecl *Def; 8307 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 8308 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 8309 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 8310 } 8311 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 8312 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 8313 << New; 8314 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8315 } else { 8316 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 8317 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) 8318 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 8319 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8320 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 8321 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 8322 8323 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 8324 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 8325 // the declaration context. 8326 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 8327 IsForwardReference = true; 8328 } 8329 } 8330 8331 if (EnumUnderlying) { 8332 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 8333 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8334 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 8335 else 8336 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 8337 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 8338 } 8339 8340 } else { 8341 // struct/union/class 8342 8343 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 8344 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 8345 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8346 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 8347 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8348 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8349 8350 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 8351 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 8352 } else 8353 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 8354 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 8355 } 8356 8357 // Maybe add qualifier info. 8358 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8359 if (SS.isSet()) { 8360 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 8361 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 8362 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8363 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8364 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 8365 } 8366 } 8367 else 8368 Invalid = true; 8369 } 8370 8371 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 8372 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 8373 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 8374 // 8375 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 8376 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 8377 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 8378 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 8379 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 8380 // parsing of the struct). 8381 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 8382 8383 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 8384 } 8385 8386 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 8387 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 8388 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8389 << 2 8390 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8391 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 8392 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 8393 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 8394 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8395 New->setModulePrivate(); 8396 } 8397 8398 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 8399 // check the specialization. 8400 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 8401 Invalid = true; 8402 8403 if (Invalid) 8404 New->setInvalidDecl(); 8405 8406 if (Attr) 8407 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8408 8409 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 8410 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 8411 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8412 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 8413 8414 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 8415 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 8416 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8417 8418 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 8419 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 8420 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 8421 // the tag name visible. 8422 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 8423 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 8424 getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt); 8425 8426 // Set the access specifier. 8427 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 8428 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 8429 8430 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 8431 New->startDefinition(); 8432 8433 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 8434 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8435 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 8436 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 8437 if (PrevDecl) 8438 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 8439 8440 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 8441 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8442 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 8443 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 8444 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 8445 } else if (Name) { 8446 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8447 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 8448 if (IsForwardReference) 8449 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 8450 8451 } else { 8452 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8453 } 8454 8455 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 8456 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 8457 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 8458 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 8459 II->isStr("FILE")) 8460 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 8461 8462 OwnedDecl = true; 8463 return New; 8464} 8465 8466void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8467 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8468 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8469 8470 // Enter the tag context. 8471 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 8472} 8473 8474Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 8475 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 8476 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 8477 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 8478 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 8479 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 8480 CurContext = OCD; 8481 return IDecl; 8482} 8483 8484void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8485 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 8486 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 8487 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8488 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 8489 8490 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 8491 8492 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 8493 return; 8494 8495 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 8496 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 8497 8498 // C++ [class]p2: 8499 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 8500 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 8501 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 8502 // as if it were a public member name. 8503 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 8504 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 8505 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 8506 Record->getIdentifier(), 8507 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 8508 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 8509 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 8510 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 8511 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 8512 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 8513 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 8514 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 8515 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 8516 "Broken injected-class-name"); 8517} 8518 8519void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 8520 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 8521 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8522 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8523 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 8524 8525 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 8526 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 8527 8528 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 8529 PopDeclContext(); 8530 8531 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 8532 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 8533} 8534 8535void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 8536 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 8537 PopDeclContext(); 8538} 8539 8540void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8541 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 8542 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 8543 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 8544} 8545 8546void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8547 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 8548 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 8549} 8550 8551void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 8552 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 8553 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 8554 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 8555 8556 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 8557 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 8558 // the FieldCollector. 8559 8560 PopDeclContext(); 8561} 8562 8563// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 8564ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 8565 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 8566 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 8567 bool *ZeroWidth) { 8568 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 8569 if (ZeroWidth) 8570 *ZeroWidth = true; 8571 8572 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 8573 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 8574 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8575 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 8576 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 8577 return ExprError(); 8578 if (FieldName) 8579 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 8580 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8581 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 8582 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 8583 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 8584 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 8585 return ExprError(); 8586 8587 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 8588 // it now. 8589 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 8590 return Owned(BitWidth); 8591 8592 llvm::APSInt Value; 8593 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 8594 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 8595 return ICE; 8596 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 8597 8598 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 8599 *ZeroWidth = false; 8600 8601 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 8602 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 8603 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 8604 8605 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 8606 if (FieldName) 8607 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8608 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 8609 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 8610 << Value.toString(10); 8611 } 8612 8613 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 8614 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 8615 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 8616 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8617 if (FieldName) 8618 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8619 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8620 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8621 8622 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8623 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8624 } 8625 8626 if (FieldName) 8627 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8628 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 8629 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8630 else 8631 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 8632 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 8633 } 8634 } 8635 8636 return Owned(BitWidth); 8637} 8638 8639/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 8640/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 8641Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 8642 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 8643 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 8644 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 8645 /*HasInit=*/false, AS_public); 8646 return Res; 8647} 8648 8649/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 8650/// 8651FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 8652 SourceLocation DeclStart, 8653 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8654 AccessSpecifier AS) { 8655 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 8656 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 8657 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 8658 8659 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 8660 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 8661 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8662 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 8663 8664 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 8665 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 8666 D.setInvalidType(); 8667 T = Context.IntTy; 8668 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 8669 } 8670 } 8671 8672 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 8673 8674 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 8675 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 8676 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 8677 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 8678 << 2; 8679 8680 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 8681 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 8682 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 8683 LookupName(Previous, S); 8684 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 8685 case LookupResult::Found: 8686 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 8687 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 8688 break; 8689 8690 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 8691 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8692 break; 8693 8694 case LookupResult::NotFound: 8695 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 8696 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 8697 break; 8698 } 8699 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 8700 8701 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8702 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8703 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 8704 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8705 PrevDecl = 0; 8706 } 8707 8708 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 8709 PrevDecl = 0; 8710 8711 bool Mutable 8712 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 8713 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 8714 FieldDecl *NewFD 8715 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, HasInit, 8716 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 8717 8718 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8719 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8720 8721 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 8722 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8723 8724 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 8725 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 8726 // with the same name in the same scope. 8727 } else if (II) { 8728 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 8729 } else 8730 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 8731 8732 return NewFD; 8733} 8734 8735/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 8736/// 8737/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 8738/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 8739/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 8740/// created. 8741/// 8742/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 8743/// 8744/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 8745FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 8746 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8747 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 8748 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, bool HasInit, 8749 SourceLocation TSSL, 8750 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 8751 Declarator *D) { 8752 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 8753 bool InvalidDecl = false; 8754 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 8755 8756 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 8757 // marking this declaration as invalid. 8758 if (T.isNull()) { 8759 InvalidDecl = true; 8760 T = Context.IntTy; 8761 } 8762 8763 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 8764 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 8765 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 8766 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 8767 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8768 InvalidDecl = true; 8769 } 8770 8771 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 8772 // than a variably modified type. 8773 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 8774 bool SizeIsNegative; 8775 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 8776 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 8777 SizeIsNegative, 8778 Oversized); 8779 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 8780 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 8781 T = FixedTy; 8782 } else { 8783 if (SizeIsNegative) 8784 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 8785 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 8786 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 8787 << Oversized.toString(10); 8788 else 8789 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 8790 InvalidDecl = true; 8791 } 8792 } 8793 8794 // Fields can not have abstract class types 8795 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 8796 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8797 AbstractFieldType)) 8798 InvalidDecl = true; 8799 8800 bool ZeroWidth = false; 8801 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 8802 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 8803 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 8804 if (!BitWidth) { 8805 InvalidDecl = true; 8806 BitWidth = 0; 8807 ZeroWidth = false; 8808 } 8809 } 8810 8811 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 8812 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 8813 unsigned DiagID = 0; 8814 if (T->isReferenceType()) 8815 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 8816 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 8817 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 8818 8819 if (DiagID) { 8820 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 8821 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 8822 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 8823 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 8824 Mutable = false; 8825 InvalidDecl = true; 8826 } 8827 } 8828 8829 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 8830 BitWidth, Mutable, HasInit); 8831 if (InvalidDecl) 8832 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8833 8834 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8835 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 8836 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8837 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8838 } 8839 8840 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8841 if (Record->isUnion()) { 8842 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8843 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8844 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8845 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 8846 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 8847 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 8848 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 8849 // objects. 8850 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 8851 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8852 } 8853 } 8854 8855 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 8856 // the program is ill-formed. 8857 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 8858 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 8859 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 8860 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8861 } 8862 } 8863 } 8864 8865 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 8866 // representation, not a parser representation. 8867 if (D) 8868 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 8869 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 8870 8871 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 8872 // retainable type. 8873 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 8874 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8875 8876 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 8877 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 8878 8879 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 8880 return NewFD; 8881} 8882 8883bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 8884 assert(FD); 8885 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 8886 8887 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8888 return true; 8889 8890 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8891 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8892 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 8893 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 8894 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 8895 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 8896 // copy constructors. 8897 8898 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 8899 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 8900 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 8901 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 8902 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 8903 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 8904 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 8905 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 8906 member = CXXDestructor; 8907 8908 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 8909 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 8910 getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 8911 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 8912 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 8913 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 8914 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 8915 // members unavailable. 8916 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8917 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 8918 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 8919 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 8920 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 8921 return false; 8922 } 8923 } 8924 8925 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x ? 8926 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 8927 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 8928 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 8929 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 8930 return !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x; 8931 } 8932 } 8933 } 8934 8935 return false; 8936} 8937 8938/// If the given constructor is user-provided, produce a diagnostic explaining 8939/// that it makes the class non-trivial. 8940static bool DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 8941 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 8942 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 8943 if (!CD->isUserProvided()) 8944 return false; 8945 8946 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 8947 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 8948 return true; 8949} 8950 8951/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 8952/// special member, figure out why. 8953void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 8954 QualType QT(T, 0U); 8955 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 8956 8957 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 8958 switch (member) { 8959 case CXXInvalid: 8960 break; 8961 8962 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 8963 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 8964 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 8965 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 8966 if (DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 8967 return; 8968 8969 // No user-provided constructors; look for constructor templates. 8970 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 8971 tmpl_iter; 8972 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 8973 TI != TE; ++TI) { 8974 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 8975 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 8976 if (CD && DiagnoseNontrivialUserProvidedCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 8977 return; 8978 } 8979 } 8980 break; 8981 8982 case CXXCopyConstructor: 8983 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 8984 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 8985 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 8986 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8987 return; 8988 } 8989 break; 8990 8991 case CXXMoveConstructor: 8992 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 8993 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 8994 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 8995 return; 8996 } 8997 break; 8998 8999 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9000 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9001 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 9002 // assignment, not the type. 9003 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 9004 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9005 return; 9006 } 9007 break; 9008 9009 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9010 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9011 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9012 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9013 return; 9014 } 9015 break; 9016 9017 case CXXDestructor: 9018 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9019 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9020 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9021 return; 9022 } 9023 break; 9024 } 9025 9026 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9027 9028 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9029 // but not trivial destruction. 9030 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9031 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9032 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9033 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9034 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9035 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 9036 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9037 return; 9038 } 9039 9040 // Check for virtual methods. 9041 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9042 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9043 ++mi) { 9044 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9045 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 9046 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9047 return; 9048 } 9049 } 9050 } 9051 9052 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9053 switch (member) { 9054 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9055 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9056 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9057 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9058 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9059 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9060 case CXXDestructor: 9061 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9062 default: 9063 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9064 } 9065 9066 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9067 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9068 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9069 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9070 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9071 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9072 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 9073 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9074 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9075 return; 9076 } 9077 } 9078 9079 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9080 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9081 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9082 ++fi) { 9083 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 9084 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9085 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9086 9087 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9088 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 9089 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9090 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9091 return; 9092 } 9093 } 9094 9095 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9096 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9097 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9098 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9099 break; 9100 9101 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9102 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9103 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9104 Diag((*fi)->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9105 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9106 return; 9107 } 9108 } 9109 } 9110 9111 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9112} 9113 9114/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9115/// AST enum value. 9116static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9117TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9118 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9119 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9120 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9121 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9122 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9123 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9124 } 9125} 9126 9127/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9128/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9129Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9130 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9131 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9132 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9133 9134 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9135 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9136 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9137 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9138 9139 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9140 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9141 9142 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9143 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9144 9145 if (BitWidth) { 9146 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9147 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9148 if (!BitWidth) 9149 D.setInvalidType(); 9150 } else { 9151 // Not a bitfield. 9152 9153 // validate II. 9154 9155 } 9156 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9157 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9158 D.setInvalidType(); 9159 } 9160 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9161 // than a variably modified type. 9162 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9163 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9164 D.setInvalidType(); 9165 } 9166 9167 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9168 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9169 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9170 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9171 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9172 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9173 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9174 return 0; 9175 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9176 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9177 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9178 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 9179 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 9180 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 9181 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 9182 } 9183 else 9184 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9185 } else { 9186 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9187 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9188 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 9189 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 9190 return 0; 9191 } 9192 } 9193 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 9194 } 9195 9196 // Construct the decl. 9197 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 9198 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 9199 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 9200 9201 if (II) { 9202 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 9203 ForRedeclaration); 9204 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 9205 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9206 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9207 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9208 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9209 } 9210 } 9211 9212 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 9213 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 9214 9215 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9216 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9217 9218 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 9219 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 9220 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 9221 9222 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9223 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 9224 9225 if (II) { 9226 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 9227 // these to the interface. 9228 S->AddDecl(NewID); 9229 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 9230 } 9231 9232 return NewID; 9233} 9234 9235/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 9236/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 9237/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 9238/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 9239void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 9240 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 9241 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 9242 return; 9243 9244 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 9245 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 9246 9247 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 9248 return; 9249 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 9250 if (!ID) { 9251 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 9252 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 9253 return; 9254 } 9255 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 9256 else 9257 return; 9258 } 9259 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 9260 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 9261 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 9262 9263 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 9264 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 9265 Context.CharTy, 9266 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 9267 DeclLoc), 9268 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 9269 true); 9270 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 9271} 9272 9273void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 9274 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 9275 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 9276 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 9277 AttributeList *Attr) { 9278 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 9279 9280 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 9281 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 9282 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9283 return; 9284 9285 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 9286 9287 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 9288 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 9289 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 9290 if (Record) { 9291 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 9292 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 9293 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 9294 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 9295 ++NumNamedMembers; 9296 } 9297 } 9298 9299 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 9300 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 9301 9302 bool ARCErrReported = false; 9303 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 9304 i != end; ++i) { 9305 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 9306 9307 // Get the type for the field. 9308 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 9309 9310 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 9311 // Remember all fields written by the user. 9312 RecFields.push_back(FD); 9313 } 9314 9315 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 9316 // diagnostics about it. 9317 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9318 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9319 continue; 9320 } 9321 9322 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 9323 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 9324 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 9325 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 9326 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 9327 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 9328 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 9329 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 9330 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 9331 // array. 9332 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 9333 // Field declared as a function. 9334 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 9335 << FD->getDeclName(); 9336 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9337 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9338 continue; 9339 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 9340 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 9341 ((getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt || 9342 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 9343 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 9344 // Flexible array member. 9345 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 9346 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 9347 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 9348 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftExt) { 9349 if (Record->isUnion()) 9350 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 9351 << FD->getDeclName(); 9352 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9353 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 9354 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9355 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9356 if (Record->isUnion()) 9357 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 9358 << FD->getDeclName(); 9359 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 9360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 9361 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 9362 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 9363 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 9364 << FD->getDeclName(); 9365 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9366 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9367 continue; 9368 } 9369 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 9370 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 9371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 9372 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9373 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9374 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9375 continue; 9376 } 9377 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 9378 if (Record) 9379 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9380 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 9381 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 9382 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9383 // Incomplete type 9384 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9385 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9386 continue; 9387 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9388 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 9389 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 9390 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 9391 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9392 } else { 9393 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 9394 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 9395 // structures. 9396 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 9397 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 9398 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 9399 else { 9400 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 9401 // other structs as an extension. 9402 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 9403 << FD->getDeclName(); 9404 if (Record) 9405 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 9406 } 9407 } 9408 } 9409 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9410 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9411 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 9412 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 9413 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 9414 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 9415 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 9416 FD->setType(T); 9417 } 9418 else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9419 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 9420 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 9421 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 9422 // so we just make the field unavailable. 9423 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 9424 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 9425 QualType T = FD->getType(); 9426 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 9427 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 9428 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 9429 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 9430 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 9431 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 9432 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9433 } 9434 } else { 9435 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 9436 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 9437 } 9438 ARCErrReported = true; 9439 } 9440 } 9441 else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 9442 getLangOptions().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 9443 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 9444 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9445 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 9446 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9447 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 9448 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9449 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 9450 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 9451 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9452 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 9453 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 9454 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 9455 } 9456 } 9457 } 9458 // Keep track of the number of named members. 9459 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 9460 ++NumNamedMembers; 9461 } 9462 9463 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 9464 if (Record) { 9465 bool Completed = false; 9466 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 9467 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 9468 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 9469 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 9470 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 9471 I != E; ++I) 9472 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 9473 9474 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 9475 // Objective-C Automatic Reference Counting: 9476 // If a class has a non-static data member of Objective-C pointer 9477 // type (or array thereof), it is a non-POD type and its 9478 // default constructor (if any), copy constructor, copy assignment 9479 // operator, and destructor are non-trivial. 9480 // 9481 // This rule is also handled by CXXRecordDecl::completeDefinition(). 9482 // However, here we check whether this particular class is only 9483 // non-POD because of the presence of an Objective-C pointer member. 9484 // If so, objects of this type cannot be shared between code compiled 9485 // with instant objects and code compiled with manual retain/release. 9486 if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9487 CXXRecord->hasObjectMember() && 9488 CXXRecord->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 9489 if (CXXRecord->isPOD()) { 9490 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9491 diag::warn_arc_non_pod_class_with_object_member) 9492 << CXXRecord; 9493 } else { 9494 // FIXME: Fix-Its would be nice here, but finding a good location 9495 // for them is going to be tricky. 9496 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9497 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9498 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9499 << CXXRecord << 0; 9500 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9501 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9502 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9503 << CXXRecord << 1; 9504 if (CXXRecord->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9505 Diag(CXXRecord->getLocation(), 9506 diag::warn_arc_trivial_member_function_with_object_member) 9507 << CXXRecord << 2; 9508 } 9509 } 9510 9511 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 9512 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 9513 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 9514 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 9515 9516 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 9517 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 9518 9519 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 9520 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 9521 // problem now. 9522 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 9523 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 9524 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 9525 9526 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 9527 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 9528 M != MEnd; ++M) { 9529 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 9530 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 9531 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 9532 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 9533 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 9534 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 9535 continue; 9536 9537 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 9538 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 9539 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 9540 // program is ill-formed. 9541 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 9542 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 9543 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 9544 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 9545 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 9546 OM = SO->second.begin(), 9547 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 9548 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 9549 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 9550 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 9551 9552 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9553 } 9554 } 9555 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 9556 Completed = true; 9557 } 9558 } 9559 } 9560 } 9561 9562 if (!Completed) 9563 Record->completeDefinition(); 9564 9565 // Now that the record is complete, do any delayed exception spec checks 9566 // we were missing. 9567 while (!DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.empty()) { 9568 const CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = 9569 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().first; 9570 if (Dtor->getParent() != Record) 9571 break; 9572 9573 assert(!Dtor->getParent()->isDependentType() && 9574 "Should not ever add destructors of templates into the list."); 9575 CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(Dtor, 9576 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.back().second); 9577 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks.pop_back(); 9578 } 9579 9580 } else { 9581 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 9582 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 9583 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9584 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 9585 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 9586 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9587 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 9588 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9589 } 9590 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 9591 // duplicates. 9592 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 9593 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 9594 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9595 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9596 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 9597 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 9598 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 9599 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 9600 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 9601 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 9602 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 9603 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 9604 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 9605 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9606 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 9607 // reported as errors elsewhere. 9608 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 9609 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 9610 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 9611 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 9612 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 9613 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9614 if (IDecl) { 9615 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 9616 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9617 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9618 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9619 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9620 continue; 9621 } 9622 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 9623 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 9624 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 9625 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 9626 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 9627 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 9628 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 9629 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9630 continue; 9631 } 9632 } 9633 } 9634 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 9635 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 9636 } 9637 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 9638 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 9639 } 9640 } 9641 9642 if (Attr) 9643 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 9644 9645 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 9646 // set the visibility of this record. 9647 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 9648 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 9649} 9650 9651/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 9652/// the given type T. 9653static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 9654 llvm::APSInt &Value, 9655 QualType T) { 9656 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9657 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 9658 9659 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 9660 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 9661 --BitWidth; 9662 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 9663 } 9664 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 9665} 9666 9667// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 9668// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 9669static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 9670 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 9671 // enum checking below. 9672 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 9673 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 9674 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9675 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 9676 }; 9677 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 9678 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 9679 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 9680 }; 9681 9682 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 9683 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 9684 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 9685 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 9686 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 9687 return Types[I]; 9688 9689 return QualType(); 9690} 9691 9692EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 9693 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 9694 SourceLocation IdLoc, 9695 IdentifierInfo *Id, 9696 Expr *Val) { 9697 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9698 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 9699 QualType EltTy; 9700 9701 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 9702 Val = 0; 9703 9704 if (Val) 9705 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 9706 9707 if (Val) { 9708 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 9709 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9710 else { 9711 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 9712 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 9713 !getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) { 9714 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 9715 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 9716 // constant expression of the underlying type. 9717 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9718 ExprResult Converted = 9719 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 9720 CCEK_Enumerator); 9721 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 9722 Val = 0; 9723 else 9724 Val = Converted.take(); 9725 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 9726 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 9727 &EnumVal).take())) { 9728 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 9729 } else { 9730 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9731 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9732 9733 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 9734 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 9735 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 9736 // expression checking. 9737 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9738 if (getLangOptions().MicrosoftMode) { 9739 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9740 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9741 } else 9742 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 9743 } else 9744 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9745 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 9746 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 9747 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9748 // is the type of its initializing value: 9749 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 9750 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 9751 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9752 } else { 9753 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 9754 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 9755 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 9756 // representable as an int. 9757 9758 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 9759 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 9760 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9761 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 9762 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 9763 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 9764 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 9765 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 9766 } 9767 EltTy = Val->getType(); 9768 } 9769 } 9770 } 9771 } 9772 9773 if (!Val) { 9774 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 9775 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 9776 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 9777 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9778 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9779 // is the type of its initializing value: 9780 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 9781 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 9782 // 9783 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 9784 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 9785 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 9786 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 9787 } 9788 else { 9789 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 9790 } 9791 } else { 9792 // Assign the last value + 1. 9793 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9794 ++EnumVal; 9795 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 9796 9797 // Check for overflow on increment. 9798 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 9799 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 9800 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 9801 // is the type of its initializing value: 9802 // 9803 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 9804 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 9805 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 9806 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 9807 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 9808 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 9809 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 9810 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 9811 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 9812 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 9813 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9814 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 9815 ++EnumVal; 9816 if (Enum->isFixed()) 9817 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 9818 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 9819 << EnumVal.toString(10) 9820 << EltTy; 9821 else 9822 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 9823 << EnumVal.toString(10); 9824 } else { 9825 EltTy = T; 9826 } 9827 9828 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 9829 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 9830 // value, then increment. 9831 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 9832 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9833 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9834 ++EnumVal; 9835 9836 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 9837 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 9838 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 9839 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 9840 // integral type. 9841 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 9842 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 9843 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 9844 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 9845 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 9846 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 9847 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 9848 } 9849 } 9850 } 9851 9852 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9853 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 9854 // enumerator's type. 9855 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 9856 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 9857 } 9858 9859 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 9860 Val, EnumVal); 9861} 9862 9863 9864Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 9865 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 9866 AttributeList *Attr, 9867 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 9868 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 9869 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 9870 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 9871 9872 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 9873 // we find one that is. 9874 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9875 9876 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 9877 // scope. 9878 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 9879 ForRedeclaration); 9880 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9881 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9882 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 9883 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9884 PrevDecl = 0; 9885 } 9886 9887 if (PrevDecl) { 9888 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 9889 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 9890 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 9891 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 9892 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 9893 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 9894 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 9895 else 9896 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 9897 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9898 return 0; 9899 } 9900 } 9901 9902 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 9903 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 9904 // name different from T: 9905 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 9906 // type 9907 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 9908 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 9909 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 9910 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 9911 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 9912 9913 EnumConstantDecl *New = 9914 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 9915 9916 if (New) { 9917 // Process attributes. 9918 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9919 9920 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 9921 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 9922 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 9923 } 9924 9925 return New; 9926} 9927 9928void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 9929 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 9930 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 9931 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 9932 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 9933 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 9934 9935 if (Attr) 9936 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 9937 9938 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 9939 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9940 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9941 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9942 if (!ECD) continue; 9943 9944 ECD->setType(EnumType); 9945 } 9946 9947 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 9948 return; 9949 } 9950 9951 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 9952 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 9953 // emit a warning. 9954 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 9955 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 9956 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 9957 9958 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 9959 // reverse the list. 9960 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 9961 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 9962 9963 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 9964 bool AllElementsInt = true; 9965 9966 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 9967 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 9968 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 9969 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 9970 9971 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 9972 9973 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 9974 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 9975 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 9976 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 9977 else 9978 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 9979 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 9980 9981 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 9982 if (AllElementsInt) 9983 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 9984 } 9985 9986 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 9987 QualType BestType; 9988 unsigned BestWidth; 9989 9990 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 9991 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 9992 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 9993 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 9994 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 9995 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 9996 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 9997 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 9998 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 9999 QualType BestPromotionType; 10000 10001 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10002 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10003 // enum definitions. 10004 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10005 Packed = true; 10006 10007 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10008 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10009 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10010 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10011 else 10012 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10013 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10014 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10015 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10016 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10017 } 10018 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10019 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10020 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10021 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10022 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10023 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10024 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10025 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10026 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10027 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10028 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10029 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10030 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10031 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10032 } else { 10033 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10034 10035 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10036 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10037 } else { 10038 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10039 10040 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10041 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10042 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10043 } 10044 } 10045 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10046 } else { 10047 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10048 // all of the enumerator values. 10049 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10050 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10051 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10052 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10053 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10054 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10055 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10056 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10057 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10058 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10059 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10060 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10061 BestPromotionType 10062 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10063 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10064 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10065 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10066 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10067 BestPromotionType 10068 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10069 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10070 } else { 10071 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10072 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10073 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10074 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10075 BestPromotionType 10076 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10077 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10078 } 10079 } 10080 10081 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10082 // the type of the enum if needed. 10083 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10084 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10085 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10086 10087 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10088 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10089 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10090 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10091 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10092 10093 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10094 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10095 10096 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10097 // the enum decl type. 10098 QualType NewTy; 10099 unsigned NewWidth; 10100 bool NewSign; 10101 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 10102 !Enum->isFixed() && 10103 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10104 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10105 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10106 NewSign = true; 10107 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10108 // Already the right type! 10109 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10110 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10111 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10112 // enumeration. 10113 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10114 continue; 10115 } else { 10116 NewTy = BestType; 10117 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10118 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10119 } 10120 10121 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10122 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10123 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10124 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10125 10126 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10127 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10128 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10129 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10130 CK_IntegralCast, 10131 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10132 /*base paths*/ 0, 10133 VK_RValue)); 10134 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 10135 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10136 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10137 // enumeration. 10138 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10139 else 10140 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10141 } 10142 10143 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10144 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10145} 10146 10147Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 10148 SourceLocation StartLoc, 10149 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 10150 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 10151 10152 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10153 AsmString, StartLoc, 10154 EndLoc); 10155 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10156 return New; 10157} 10158 10159DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 10160 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 10161 ModuleIdPath Path) { 10162 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 10163 Module::AllVisible, 10164 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 10165 if (!Mod) 10166 return true; 10167 10168 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 10169 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 10170 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 10171 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 10172 // We need the length to be consistent. 10173 if (!ModCheck) 10174 break; 10175 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 10176 10177 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 10178 } 10179 10180 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 10181 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10182 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 10183 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 10184 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 10185 return Import; 10186} 10187 10188void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10189 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10190 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10191 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10192 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10193 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 10194 LookupOrdinaryName); 10195 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 10196 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 10197 10198 if (PrevDecl) 10199 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 10200 else 10201 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10202 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 10203} 10204 10205void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10206 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10207 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10208 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 10209 10210 if (PrevDecl) { 10211 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 10212 } else { 10213 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10214 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 10215 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 10216 } 10217} 10218 10219void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10220 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10221 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10222 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10223 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10224 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 10225 LookupOrdinaryName); 10226 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 10227 10228 if (PrevDecl) { 10229 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 10230 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10231 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 10232 } else { 10233 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 10234 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 10235 } 10236} 10237 10238Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 10239 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 10240} 10241 10242AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 10243 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurLexicalContext()); 10244 // A category implicitly has the availability of the interface. 10245 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) 10246 D = CatD->getClassInterface(); 10247 10248 return D->getAvailability(); 10249} 10250